1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2013 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
35 #include "gdbthread.h"
38 #include "gdb_string.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
49 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
50 #include "gdb_assert.h"
55 #include "exceptions.h"
61 #include "xml-syscall.h"
62 #include "parser-defs.h"
63 #include "gdb_regex.h"
65 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
66 #include "continuations.h"
69 #include "gdb_regex.h"
71 #include "dummy-frame.h"
75 /* readline include files */
76 #include "readline/readline.h"
77 #include "readline/history.h"
79 /* readline defines this. */
82 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
83 #include "python/python.h"
85 /* Enums for exception-handling support. */
86 enum exception_event_kind
92 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
94 static void enable_delete_command (char *, int);
96 static void enable_once_command (char *, int);
98 static void enable_count_command (char *, int);
100 static void disable_command (char *, int);
102 static void enable_command (char *, int);
104 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (char *, void (*) (struct breakpoint
*,
108 static void ignore_command (char *, int);
110 static int breakpoint_re_set_one (void *);
112 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
114 static void create_sals_from_address_default (char **,
115 struct linespec_result
*,
119 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
120 struct linespec_result
*,
121 struct linespec_sals
*,
122 char *, char *, enum bptype
,
123 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
125 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
126 int, int, int, unsigned);
128 static void decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*, char **,
129 struct symtabs_and_lines
*);
131 static void clear_command (char *, int);
133 static void catch_command (char *, int);
135 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*);
137 static void break_command_1 (char *, int, int);
139 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
141 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
143 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
144 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
145 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
147 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
149 struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
150 struct symtab_and_line
,
152 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
154 static struct breakpoint
*
155 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
157 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
);
159 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
161 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
165 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
166 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
167 struct obj_section
*, int);
169 static int breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
,
171 struct address_space
*aspace2
,
174 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
175 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
177 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
178 struct address_space
*aspace
,
181 static void breakpoints_info (char *, int);
183 static void watchpoints_info (char *, int);
185 static int breakpoint_1 (char *, int,
186 int (*) (const struct breakpoint
*));
188 static int breakpoint_cond_eval (void *);
190 static void cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *);
192 static void commands_command (char *, int);
194 static void condition_command (char *, int);
203 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
204 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, insertion_state_t
);
206 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
);
208 static int watchpoint_check (void *);
210 static void maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *, int);
212 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
214 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
216 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
218 int *other_type_used
);
220 static void hbreak_command (char *, int);
222 static void thbreak_command (char *, int);
224 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
227 static void stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
229 static void stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
231 static void stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
233 static char *ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
);
235 static void catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
,
236 char *arg
, int tempflag
, int from_tty
);
238 static void tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
);
240 static void detach_single_step_breakpoints (void);
242 static int single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*,
245 static void free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
246 static void incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
);
247 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
249 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
251 static void update_global_location_list (int);
253 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (int);
255 static int is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
257 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
259 static int syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
261 static void tracepoints_info (char *, int);
263 static void delete_trace_command (char *, int);
265 static void enable_trace_command (char *, int);
267 static void disable_trace_command (char *, int);
269 static void trace_pass_command (char *, int);
271 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
273 static int is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
275 static struct bp_location
**get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
);
277 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
280 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
282 /* The abstract base class all breakpoint_ops structures inherit
284 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
;
286 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
287 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
288 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
289 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
291 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
292 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
294 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
295 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
297 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception class type. */
298 static struct breakpoint_ops longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
300 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
302 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
304 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
305 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
307 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
308 static struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
310 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
311 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
312 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
313 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
314 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
315 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
317 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
318 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
319 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
320 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
326 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
328 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
329 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
330 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
331 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
333 static char *dprintf_function
= "";
335 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
336 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
337 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
338 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
339 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
340 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
341 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
343 static char *dprintf_channel
= "";
345 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
347 static int disconnected_dprintf
= 1;
349 /* A reference-counted struct command_line. This lets multiple
350 breakpoints share a single command list. */
351 struct counted_command_line
353 /* The reference count. */
356 /* The command list. */
357 struct command_line
*commands
;
360 struct command_line
*
361 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
363 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
366 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
367 current breakpoint. */
369 static int breakpoint_proceeded
;
372 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
374 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
375 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
377 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
379 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
382 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
383 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
384 if such is available. */
385 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
388 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
389 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
392 fprintf_filtered (file
,
393 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
394 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
398 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
399 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
400 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
401 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
402 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
404 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
405 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
408 fprintf_filtered (file
,
409 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
410 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
414 /* If 1, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
415 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
416 If 0, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
417 use hardware breakpoints. */
418 static int automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
420 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
421 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
424 fprintf_filtered (file
,
425 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
429 /* If on, gdb will keep breakpoints inserted even as inferior is
430 stopped, and immediately insert any new breakpoints. If off, gdb
431 will insert breakpoints into inferior only when resuming it, and
432 will remove breakpoints upon stop. If auto, GDB will behave as ON
433 if in non-stop mode, and as OFF if all-stop mode.*/
435 static enum auto_boolean always_inserted_mode
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
438 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
439 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
441 if (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
)
442 fprintf_filtered (file
,
443 _("Always inserted breakpoint "
444 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
446 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode () ? "on" : "off");
448 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
453 breakpoints_always_inserted_mode (void)
455 return (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
456 || (always_inserted_mode
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
&& non_stop
));
459 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
461 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
462 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
463 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
464 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
465 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
466 condition_evaluation_auto
,
467 condition_evaluation_host
,
468 condition_evaluation_target
,
472 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
473 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
475 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
476 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
477 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
479 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
480 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
481 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
485 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
487 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
489 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
490 return condition_evaluation_target
;
492 return condition_evaluation_host
;
498 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
501 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
503 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
506 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
510 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
512 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
514 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
517 void _initialize_breakpoint (void);
519 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
520 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
522 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
523 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
525 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
526 int target_exact_watchpoints
= 0;
528 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
529 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
530 current breakpoint. */
532 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS(B) for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next)
534 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
535 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
536 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
539 /* Similar iterator for the low-level breakpoints. SAFE variant is
540 not provided so update_global_location_list must not be called
541 while executing the block of ALL_BP_LOCATIONS. */
543 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS(B,BP_TMP) \
544 for (BP_TMP = bp_location; \
545 BP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count && (B = *BP_TMP); \
548 /* Iterates through locations with address ADDRESS for the currently selected
549 program space. BP_LOCP_TMP points to each object. BP_LOCP_START points
550 to where the loop should start from.
551 If BP_LOCP_START is a NULL pointer, the macro automatically seeks the
552 appropriate location to start with. */
554 #define ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR(BP_LOCP_TMP, BP_LOCP_START, ADDRESS) \
555 for (BP_LOCP_START = BP_LOCP_START == NULL ? get_first_locp_gte_addr (ADDRESS) : BP_LOCP_START, \
556 BP_LOCP_TMP = BP_LOCP_START; \
558 && (BP_LOCP_TMP < bp_location + bp_location_count \
559 && (*BP_LOCP_TMP)->address == ADDRESS); \
562 /* Iterator for tracepoints only. */
564 #define ALL_TRACEPOINTS(B) \
565 for (B = breakpoint_chain; B; B = B->next) \
566 if (is_tracepoint (B))
568 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
570 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
572 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_compare - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
574 static struct bp_location
**bp_location
;
576 /* Number of elements of BP_LOCATION. */
578 static unsigned bp_location_count
;
580 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
581 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATION which get a valid
582 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
583 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to scan for shadow bytes for
584 an address you need to read. */
586 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
;
588 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
589 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
590 BP_LOCATION which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
591 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATION to
592 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
594 static CORE_ADDR bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
596 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
597 from bp_location array, but for which a hit may still be reported
599 VEC(bp_location_p
) *moribund_locations
= NULL
;
601 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
603 static int breakpoint_count
;
605 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
606 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
607 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
608 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
609 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
611 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
613 static int tracepoint_count
;
615 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
616 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
617 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
619 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
621 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
623 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
626 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
629 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
631 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
632 breakpoint_count
= num
;
633 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
636 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
637 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
638 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
640 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
644 start_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
646 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
649 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
653 end_rbreak_breakpoints (void)
655 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
658 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
661 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
663 struct breakpoint
*b
;
669 /* Allocate a new counted_command_line with reference count of 1.
670 The new structure owns COMMANDS. */
672 static struct counted_command_line
*
673 alloc_counted_command_line (struct command_line
*commands
)
675 struct counted_command_line
*result
676 = xmalloc (sizeof (struct counted_command_line
));
679 result
->commands
= commands
;
683 /* Increment reference count. This does nothing if CMD is NULL. */
686 incref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
*cmd
)
692 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
693 destroy the counted_command_line. Sets *CMDP to NULL. This does
694 nothing if *CMDP is NULL. */
697 decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
701 if (--(*cmdp
)->refc
== 0)
703 free_command_lines (&(*cmdp
)->commands
);
710 /* A cleanup function that calls decref_counted_command_line. */
713 do_cleanup_counted_command_line (void *arg
)
715 decref_counted_command_line (arg
);
718 /* Create a cleanup that calls decref_counted_command_line on the
721 static struct cleanup
*
722 make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (struct counted_command_line
**cmdp
)
724 return make_cleanup (do_cleanup_counted_command_line
, cmdp
);
728 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
729 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
732 get_breakpoint (int num
)
734 struct breakpoint
*b
;
737 if (b
->number
== num
)
745 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
746 evaluating conditions on its side. */
749 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
751 struct bp_location
*loc
;
753 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
754 evaluating conditions and if the user has
755 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
757 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
758 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
761 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
764 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
765 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
768 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
769 evaluating conditions on its side. */
772 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
774 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
775 evaluating conditions and if the user has
776 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
778 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
779 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
783 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
786 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
789 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
790 condition_evaluation_mode. */
793 set_condition_evaluation_mode (char *args
, int from_tty
,
794 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
796 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
798 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
799 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
801 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
802 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
803 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
807 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
808 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
810 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
811 settings was "auto". */
812 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
814 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
815 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
817 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
818 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
819 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
821 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
822 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
825 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
827 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
829 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
830 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
834 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
835 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
836 target knows about. */
837 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
838 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
839 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
843 update_global_location_list (1);
849 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
850 what "auto" is translating to. */
853 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
854 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
856 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
857 fprintf_filtered (file
,
858 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
859 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
861 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
863 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
867 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP that is used by
868 bsearch. This comparison function only cares about addresses, unlike
869 the more general bp_location_compare function. */
872 bp_location_compare_addrs (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
874 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
875 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
877 if (a
->address
== b
->address
)
880 return ((a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
));
883 /* Helper function to skip all bp_locations with addresses
884 less than ADDRESS. It returns the first bp_location that
885 is greater than or equal to ADDRESS. If none is found, just
888 static struct bp_location
**
889 get_first_locp_gte_addr (CORE_ADDR address
)
891 struct bp_location dummy_loc
;
892 struct bp_location
*dummy_locp
= &dummy_loc
;
893 struct bp_location
**locp_found
= NULL
;
895 /* Initialize the dummy location's address field. */
896 memset (&dummy_loc
, 0, sizeof (struct bp_location
));
897 dummy_loc
.address
= address
;
899 /* Find a close match to the first location at ADDRESS. */
900 locp_found
= bsearch (&dummy_locp
, bp_location
, bp_location_count
,
901 sizeof (struct bp_location
**),
902 bp_location_compare_addrs
);
904 /* Nothing was found, nothing left to do. */
905 if (locp_found
== NULL
)
908 /* We may have found a location that is at ADDRESS but is not the first in the
909 location's list. Go backwards (if possible) and locate the first one. */
910 while ((locp_found
- 1) >= bp_location
911 && (*(locp_found
- 1))->address
== address
)
918 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *exp
,
921 xfree (b
->cond_string
);
922 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
924 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
926 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
933 struct bp_location
*loc
;
935 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
940 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
941 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
942 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
949 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
955 /* I don't know if it matters whether this is the string the user
956 typed in or the decompiled expression. */
957 b
->cond_string
= xstrdup (arg
);
958 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
960 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
962 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
964 innermost_block
= NULL
;
966 w
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
968 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
969 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
973 struct bp_location
*loc
;
975 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
979 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
980 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
982 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
986 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
988 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
991 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
993 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
994 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
, char *text
, char *word
)
998 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
999 space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1003 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1004 VEC (char_ptr
) *result
= NULL
;
1008 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1009 if (isdigit (text
[1]))
1011 return complete_internalvar (&text
[1]);
1014 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1015 len
= strlen (text
);
1019 int single
= b
->loc
->next
== NULL
;
1020 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1023 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1028 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d", b
->number
);
1030 xsnprintf (location
, sizeof (location
), "%d.%d", b
->number
,
1033 if (strncmp (location
, text
, len
) == 0)
1034 VEC_safe_push (char_ptr
, result
, xstrdup (location
));
1043 /* We're completing the expression part. */
1044 text
= skip_spaces (space
);
1045 return expression_completer (cmd
, text
, word
);
1048 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1051 condition_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1053 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1058 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1061 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1063 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1066 if (b
->number
== bnum
)
1068 /* Check if this breakpoint has a Python object assigned to
1069 it, and if it has a definition of the "stop"
1070 method. This method and conditions entered into GDB from
1071 the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
1073 && gdbpy_breakpoint_has_py_cond (b
->py_bp_object
))
1074 error (_("Cannot set a condition where a Python 'stop' "
1075 "method has been defined in the breakpoint."));
1076 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, p
, from_tty
);
1078 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
1079 update_global_location_list (1);
1084 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bnum
);
1087 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1088 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1089 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1092 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1094 struct command_line
*c
;
1096 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1100 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1101 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1102 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1104 for (i
= 0; i
< c
->body_count
; ++i
)
1105 check_no_tracepoint_commands ((c
->body_list
)[i
]);
1107 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1108 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1109 command directly. */
1110 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1111 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1113 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1114 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1118 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1121 is_tracepoint_type (enum bptype type
)
1123 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1124 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1125 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1129 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1131 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1134 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1135 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1139 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1140 struct command_line
*commands
)
1142 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1144 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1145 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1146 while-stepping element, and that while-stepping's body has
1147 valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping. */
1148 struct command_line
*c
;
1149 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1150 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1152 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1154 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1155 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1156 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1157 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1158 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1159 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1162 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1163 "can be used only once"));
1170 struct command_line
*c2
;
1172 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_count
== 1);
1173 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list
[0];
1174 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1176 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1177 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1183 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1187 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1188 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1191 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1193 struct breakpoint
*b
;
1194 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
1195 struct bp_location
*loc
;
1198 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1200 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
1201 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1202 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
1208 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1209 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1212 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1213 struct command_line
*commands
)
1215 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
);
1217 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1218 b
->commands
= alloc_counted_command_line (commands
);
1219 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1222 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1223 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1227 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1229 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1232 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1233 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1236 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1237 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1240 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1242 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1245 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1246 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1249 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1250 breakpoint work for any task. */
1253 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1255 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1258 if (old_task
!= task
)
1259 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1263 check_tracepoint_command (char *line
, void *closure
)
1265 struct breakpoint
*b
= closure
;
1267 validate_actionline (&line
, b
);
1270 /* A structure used to pass information through
1271 map_breakpoint_numbers. */
1273 struct commands_info
1275 /* True if the command was typed at a tty. */
1278 /* The breakpoint range spec. */
1281 /* Non-NULL if the body of the commands are being read from this
1282 already-parsed command. */
1283 struct command_line
*control
;
1285 /* The command lines read from the user, or NULL if they have not
1287 struct counted_command_line
*cmd
;
1290 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that sets the commands for
1291 commands_command. */
1294 do_map_commands_command (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *data
)
1296 struct commands_info
*info
= data
;
1298 if (info
->cmd
== NULL
)
1300 struct command_line
*l
;
1302 if (info
->control
!= NULL
)
1303 l
= copy_command_lines (info
->control
->body_list
[0]);
1306 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
1309 str
= xstrprintf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1310 "%s, one per line."),
1313 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, str
);
1315 l
= read_command_lines (str
,
1318 ? check_tracepoint_command
: 0),
1321 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
1324 info
->cmd
= alloc_counted_command_line (l
);
1327 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1329 if (b
->commands
!= info
->cmd
)
1331 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, info
->cmd
->commands
);
1332 incref_counted_command_line (info
->cmd
);
1333 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->commands
);
1334 b
->commands
= info
->cmd
;
1335 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
1340 commands_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1341 struct command_line
*control
)
1343 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
1344 struct commands_info info
;
1346 info
.from_tty
= from_tty
;
1347 info
.control
= control
;
1349 /* If we read command lines from the user, then `info' will hold an
1350 extra reference to the commands that we must clean up. */
1351 cleanups
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&info
.cmd
);
1353 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1355 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1356 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1358 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1359 arg
= xstrprintf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1362 /* So that we don't try to free the incoming non-NULL
1363 argument in the cleanup below. Mapping breakpoint
1364 numbers will fail in this case. */
1369 /* The command loop has some static state, so we need to preserve
1371 arg
= xstrdup (arg
);
1374 make_cleanup (xfree
, arg
);
1378 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_commands_command
, &info
);
1380 if (info
.cmd
== NULL
)
1381 error (_("No breakpoints specified."));
1383 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
1387 commands_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1389 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1392 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1393 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1395 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1396 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1397 enum command_control_type
1398 commands_from_control_command (char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1400 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1401 return simple_control
;
1404 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1407 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1409 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1413 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1414 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1419 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1420 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1422 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1423 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1424 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1426 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1427 bl->address - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1428 up to bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1429 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1430 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1431 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1432 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1433 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max)
1435 bl->address + bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1438 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1439 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1440 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1442 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1444 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1446 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1447 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1448 report higher one. */
1451 bc_r
= bp_location_count
;
1452 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1454 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1456 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1457 bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1459 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1460 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1461 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1462 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1464 Use the BP_LOCATION_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1465 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1466 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1468 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1470 && (bl
->address
+ bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
1477 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1478 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1479 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1480 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1481 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1484 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1486 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1487 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1488 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1491 && bp_location
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_location
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1494 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1496 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_location_count
; bc
++)
1498 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_location
[bc
];
1499 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1503 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1504 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1505 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1508 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1511 if (bl
->address
>= bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
1512 && memaddr
+ len
<= (bl
->address
1513 - bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
))
1516 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1518 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
, 0,
1519 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1522 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1524 bp_addr
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1525 bp_size
= bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
1527 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1528 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we
1532 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1533 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1537 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1538 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1540 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1541 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1542 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1546 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1548 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1549 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1552 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1554 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with
1555 the shadow_contents buffer. */
1556 gdb_assert (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1557 || readbuf
>= (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
1558 + bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
));
1560 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1562 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1563 bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1567 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= bl
->gdbarch
;
1568 const unsigned char *bp
;
1569 CORE_ADDR placed_address
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
1570 unsigned placed_size
= bl
->target_info
.placed_size
;
1572 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1573 memcpy (bl
->target_info
.shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1574 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1576 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1578 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &placed_address
, &placed_size
);
1580 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1581 breakpoint's INSN. */
1582 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1588 /* Return true if BPT is either a software breakpoint or a hardware
1592 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1594 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1595 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1596 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1599 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1602 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1604 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1605 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1606 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1609 /* Return true if BPT is of any watchpoint kind, hardware or
1613 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1615 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1616 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1619 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1620 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1621 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1622 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1623 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1624 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1625 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1626 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1629 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1631 return (b
->base
.pspace
== current_program_space
1632 && (ptid_equal (b
->watchpoint_thread
, null_ptid
)
1633 || (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, b
->watchpoint_thread
)
1634 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))));
1637 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1638 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1641 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1643 struct breakpoint
*b
= &w
->base
;
1645 if (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
1647 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1648 gdb_assert (b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== b
);
1649 b
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1650 b
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
1651 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
1653 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1656 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1657 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1658 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1659 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1661 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1663 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1664 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1667 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1668 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1669 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1670 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1671 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1672 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1673 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1674 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1676 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1677 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1678 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1679 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1680 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1681 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1682 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1683 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1686 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1687 hardware watchpoints:
1689 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1690 called several times when GDB stops.
1693 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1694 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1695 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1696 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1697 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1698 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1699 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1700 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1701 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1702 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1703 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1705 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1706 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1709 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1711 int within_current_scope
;
1712 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1715 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1716 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1717 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1718 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1721 if (b
->base
.disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1726 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1727 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1728 within_current_scope
= 1;
1731 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1732 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1733 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1735 /* If we're in a function epilogue, unwinding may not work
1736 properly, so do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1737 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1738 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1741 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1742 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1743 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1744 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1747 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1749 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1750 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1751 if (within_current_scope
)
1755 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1756 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1757 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1760 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1769 s
= b
->exp_string_reparse
? b
->exp_string_reparse
: b
->exp_string
;
1770 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1771 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1772 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1773 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1774 be completely different objects. */
1775 value_free (b
->val
);
1779 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1780 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1781 locations (re)created below. */
1782 if (b
->base
.cond_string
!= NULL
)
1784 if (b
->cond_exp
!= NULL
)
1786 xfree (b
->cond_exp
);
1790 s
= b
->base
.cond_string
;
1791 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1795 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1796 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1797 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1798 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1799 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1800 if ( !target_has_execution
)
1802 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1803 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1804 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1806 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1809 struct value
*val_chain
, *v
, *result
, *next
;
1810 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1812 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &v
, &result
, &val_chain
);
1814 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1815 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1816 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1817 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1818 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1820 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
1826 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1828 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1829 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
1831 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1832 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1833 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1834 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1835 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1836 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1837 && (v
== val_chain
|| ! value_lazy (v
)))
1839 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1841 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1842 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1843 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1845 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1846 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1850 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1852 addr
= value_address (v
);
1854 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1856 else if (b
->base
.type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1859 loc
= allocate_bp_location (&b
->base
);
1860 for (tmp
= &(b
->base
.loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1863 loc
->gdbarch
= get_type_arch (value_type (v
));
1865 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1866 loc
->address
= addr
;
1867 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1868 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1873 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1874 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1875 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1880 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
1881 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1883 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
1887 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
1890 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
1891 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
1892 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
1894 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
1895 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
1896 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
1897 this watchpoint in as well. */
1899 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
1900 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
1901 hardware watchpoint type. */
1902 type
= b
->base
.type
;
1903 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
1904 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
1906 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
1907 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
1908 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
1909 through watch_command), so always account for it
1912 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
1913 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (&b
->base
, type
, &other_type_used
);
1915 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
1916 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (&b
->base
);
1919 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
1920 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
1922 int sw_mode
= b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
);
1924 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
1925 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
1926 "hardware watchpoint."));
1927 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
1928 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
1929 "resources for this watchpoint."));
1931 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
1932 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1936 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
1937 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
1938 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
1940 b
->base
.type
= type
;
1943 else if (!b
->base
.ops
->works_in_software_mode (&b
->base
))
1944 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
1945 "read/access watchpoint."));
1947 b
->base
.type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1949 loc_type
= (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
1950 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
1951 for (bl
= b
->base
.loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
1952 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
1955 for (v
= val_chain
; v
; v
= next
)
1957 next
= value_next (v
);
1962 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
1963 above left it without any location set up. But,
1964 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
1965 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
1966 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->base
.loc
== NULL
)
1968 struct breakpoint
*base
= &b
->base
;
1969 base
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (base
);
1970 base
->loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1971 base
->loc
->address
= -1;
1972 base
->loc
->length
= -1;
1973 base
->loc
->watchpoint_type
= -1;
1976 else if (!within_current_scope
)
1978 printf_filtered (_("\
1979 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
1980 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
1982 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
1985 /* Restore the selected frame. */
1987 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
1991 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
1992 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
1993 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
1994 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
1995 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
1997 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1999 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2002 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2005 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2008 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2011 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2012 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2013 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2014 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2015 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2016 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2017 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2018 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2019 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2025 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2026 that the location is not duplicated. */
2029 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2032 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2035 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2036 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2040 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2041 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2042 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2043 any error during parsing. */
2045 static struct agent_expr
*
2046 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2048 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2049 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2050 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2055 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2056 that may show up. */
2057 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2059 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2064 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2065 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2066 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2070 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2074 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2075 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2076 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2077 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2078 one of them is true. */
2081 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2083 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2084 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2085 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2086 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2088 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2089 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2090 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2092 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2093 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2096 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2097 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2098 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2099 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2100 response back to GDB. */
2101 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2104 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2108 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2110 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2111 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2112 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2113 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2114 aexpr
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
, loc
->cond
);
2115 loc
->cond_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2117 /* Check if we managed to parse the conditional expression
2118 correctly. If not, we will not send this condition
2124 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2125 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2126 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2128 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2134 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2135 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2136 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2138 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2139 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2140 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2142 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2145 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2147 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2149 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2152 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2153 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2158 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a condition list
2159 for this location's address. */
2160 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2164 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2165 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2166 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2168 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later to send the
2169 conditions to the target. */
2170 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.conditions
,
2171 loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2177 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2178 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2179 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2181 static struct agent_expr
*
2182 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2184 struct cleanup
*old_cleanups
= 0;
2185 struct expression
*expr
, **argvec
;
2186 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
= NULL
;
2187 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= NULL
;
2188 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
2190 char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2191 struct format_piece
*fpieces
;
2193 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2200 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2202 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2204 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2205 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2207 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2209 fpieces
= parse_format_string (&cmdrest
);
2211 old_cleanups
= make_cleanup (free_format_pieces_cleanup
, &fpieces
);
2213 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2215 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2216 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2218 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2220 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2221 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2223 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2225 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2227 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2229 argvec
= (struct expression
**) alloca (strlen (cmd
)
2230 * sizeof (struct expression
*));
2233 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2238 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2239 argvec
[nargs
++] = expr
;
2241 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2245 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2246 that may show up. */
2247 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
2249 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2250 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2251 fpieces
, nargs
, argvec
);
2256 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2257 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2258 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2262 do_cleanups (old_cleanups
);
2264 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2268 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2269 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2270 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2273 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2275 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
2276 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2277 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2278 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2280 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2281 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
2282 || strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
2285 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2288 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2289 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2290 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2291 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2292 response back to GDB. */
2293 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2296 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2300 struct agent_expr
*aexpr
;
2302 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2303 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2304 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2305 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2306 aexpr
= parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2307 loc
->owner
->extra_string
);
2308 loc
->cmd_bytecode
= aexpr
;
2314 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2315 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2316 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2318 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2324 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2326 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2328 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2331 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2332 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2334 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2336 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2339 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
2340 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
2345 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command list
2346 for this location's address. */
2347 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, bl
->address
)
2350 if (loc
->owner
->extra_string
2351 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2352 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2353 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2355 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2356 to send the commands to the target. */
2357 VEC_safe_push (agent_expr_p
, bl
->target_info
.tcommands
,
2361 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2362 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2363 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2364 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2367 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2368 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2369 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2370 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2373 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2374 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2376 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2377 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2378 int *disabled_breaks
,
2379 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2380 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2383 char *hw_bp_err_string
= NULL
;
2384 struct gdb_exception e
;
2386 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2389 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2390 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2391 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2392 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2393 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2394 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2395 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2396 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2397 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2398 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= bl
->address
;
2399 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2400 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2402 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2403 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2404 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2405 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2407 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2409 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2410 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2411 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2412 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2415 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2416 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2418 if (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
2420 /* If the explicitly specified breakpoint type
2421 is not hardware breakpoint, check the memory map to see
2422 if the breakpoint address is in read only memory or not.
2424 Two important cases are:
2425 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory
2426 is readonly. We change the type of the location to
2427 hardware breakpoint.
2428 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is
2429 read-write. This means we've previously made the
2430 location hardware one, but then the memory map changed,
2433 When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
2434 location types we've just set here, the only possible
2435 problem is that memory map has changed during running
2436 program, but it's not going to work anyway with current
2438 struct mem_region
*mr
2439 = lookup_mem_region (bl
->target_info
.placed_address
);
2443 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2445 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
2447 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2448 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
2450 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
2452 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
2454 static int said
= 0;
2456 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
2459 fprintf_filtered (gdb_stdout
,
2460 _("Note: automatically using "
2461 "hardware breakpoints for "
2462 "read-only addresses.\n"));
2467 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2468 && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2469 warning (_("cannot set software breakpoint "
2470 "at readonly address %s"),
2471 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2475 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2476 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2477 || bl
->section
== NULL
2478 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2480 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2481 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2483 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2488 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2493 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2494 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2495 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2497 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2498 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2499 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2500 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2501 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2505 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2507 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2508 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2509 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2510 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2511 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2513 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2514 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2515 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2519 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2520 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2522 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2523 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
2525 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2530 hw_bp_err_string
= (char *) e
.message
;
2535 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2536 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2543 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2544 if (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
2546 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2548 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2549 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bl
->owner
);
2550 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2552 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2553 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2555 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2556 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2557 "library breakpoints:\n");
2559 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2560 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2561 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2565 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2567 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2568 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= hw_bp_err_string
!= NULL
;
2569 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2570 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2571 bl
->owner
->number
, hw_bp_err_string
? ":" : ".\n");
2572 if (hw_bp_err_string
)
2573 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n", hw_bp_err_string
);
2577 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2578 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2580 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
,
2581 "Error accessing memory address ");
2582 fputs_filtered (paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
2584 fprintf_filtered (tmp_error_stream
, ": %s.\n",
2585 safe_strerror (val
));
2596 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2597 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2598 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2599 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2601 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2602 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2604 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2606 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2607 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2608 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2610 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2612 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2613 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2615 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2617 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2618 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2622 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2623 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2630 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2631 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2634 /* Back to the original value. */
2635 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2639 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2642 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2644 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2645 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2647 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2650 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2654 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2655 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2657 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2660 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2662 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2663 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2664 so just return success. */
2671 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2672 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2676 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2678 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_temp
;
2679 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_temp
;
2681 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2682 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_temp
)
2684 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2685 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2688 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2689 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2690 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_temp
)
2692 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2694 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2696 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2697 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2698 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2700 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2701 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2703 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2709 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2710 removed locations above. */
2711 update_global_location_list (0);
2714 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2715 Throws exception on any error.
2716 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2717 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2719 insert_breakpoints (void)
2721 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2723 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2724 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2726 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2728 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2731 update_global_location_list (1);
2733 /* update_global_location_list does not insert breakpoints when
2734 always_inserted_mode is not enabled. Explicitly insert them
2736 if (!breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ())
2737 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
2740 /* Invoke CALLBACK for each of bp_location. */
2743 iterate_over_bp_locations (walk_bp_location_callback callback
)
2745 struct bp_location
*loc
, **loc_tmp
;
2747 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, loc_tmp
)
2749 callback (loc
, NULL
);
2753 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2754 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2755 always-inserted mode. */
2758 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2760 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2763 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2764 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2765 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2767 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2768 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2770 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2771 there was an error. */
2772 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2774 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2776 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2778 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2780 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2783 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2784 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2785 deletion of breakpoints. */
2786 if (!bl
->inserted
|| (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2789 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2791 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2792 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2793 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2794 insert breakpoints. */
2795 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2796 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2799 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2800 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2807 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2808 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2811 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2814 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2817 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2819 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
2820 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2823 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2824 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2825 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2827 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2828 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2830 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2831 there was an error. */
2832 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "Warning:\n");
2834 save_current_space_and_thread ();
2836 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2838 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2841 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2842 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2843 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2844 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2845 && !valid_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
2848 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2850 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2851 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2852 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2853 insert breakpoints. */
2854 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2855 && ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
2858 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2859 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
2864 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
2865 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
2866 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
2868 int some_failed
= 0;
2869 struct bp_location
*loc
;
2871 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2874 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
2877 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2880 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2881 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
2888 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
2890 remove_breakpoint (loc
, mark_uninserted
);
2892 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2893 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2894 "Could not insert hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
2902 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
2903 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
2904 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2906 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2907 "Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
2908 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
2910 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
2911 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2914 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
2917 /* Used when the program stops.
2918 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
2919 removing a breakpoint location. */
2922 remove_breakpoints (void)
2924 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2927 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2929 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
2930 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2935 /* Remove breakpoints of process PID. */
2938 remove_breakpoints_pid (int pid
)
2940 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2942 struct inferior
*inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2944 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2946 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2949 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
2954 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
, mark_uninserted
);
2963 reattach_breakpoints (int pid
)
2965 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
2966 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
2968 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
;
2969 int dummy1
= 0, dummy2
= 0, dummy3
= 0;
2970 struct inferior
*inf
;
2971 struct thread_info
*tp
;
2973 tp
= any_live_thread_of_process (pid
);
2977 inf
= find_inferior_pid (pid
);
2978 old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
2980 inferior_ptid
= tp
->ptid
;
2982 tmp_error_stream
= mem_fileopen ();
2983 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (tmp_error_stream
);
2985 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
2987 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
2993 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, tmp_error_stream
, &dummy1
, &dummy2
, &dummy3
);
2996 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3001 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3005 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3007 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3008 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3009 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3010 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3011 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3012 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3014 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3017 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3020 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3021 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3025 static struct breakpoint
*
3026 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3027 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3028 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3030 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
3031 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3033 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
3036 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3037 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3039 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3040 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3041 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3046 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3048 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3050 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3052 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3053 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3055 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3056 struct minimal_symbol
*overlay_msym
;
3058 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3059 struct minimal_symbol
*longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3061 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3062 int longjmp_searched
;
3064 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). */
3065 VEC (probe_p
) *longjmp_probes
;
3067 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3068 struct minimal_symbol
*terminate_msym
;
3070 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3071 struct minimal_symbol
*exception_msym
;
3073 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3074 int exception_searched
;
3076 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). */
3077 VEC (probe_p
) *exception_probes
;
3080 static const struct objfile_data
*breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3082 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3083 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3085 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3088 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3090 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3093 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3094 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3096 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3097 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3099 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3101 bp_objfile_data
= objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
);
3102 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3104 bp_objfile_data
= obstack_alloc (&objfile
->objfile_obstack
,
3105 sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3107 memset (bp_objfile_data
, 0, sizeof (*bp_objfile_data
));
3108 set_objfile_data (objfile
, breakpoint_objfile_key
, bp_objfile_data
);
3110 return bp_objfile_data
;
3114 free_breakpoint_probes (struct objfile
*obj
, void *data
)
3116 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
= data
;
3118 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
);
3119 VEC_free (probe_p
, bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
);
3123 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3125 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3126 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3128 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3130 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3131 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3134 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3136 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
))
3139 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
== NULL
)
3141 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3143 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3146 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3147 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3150 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3153 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3154 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3156 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3157 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3159 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3161 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3162 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3166 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3167 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3170 update_global_location_list (1);
3174 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3176 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3177 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3179 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3181 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3183 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3185 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3187 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3190 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3191 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3193 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3194 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3197 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3199 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3201 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
3202 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3203 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3206 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
!= NULL
)
3209 struct probe
*probe
;
3210 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3213 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3214 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
,
3218 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3220 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3222 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3223 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3224 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3230 for (i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3232 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3233 const char *func_name
;
3236 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]))
3239 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3240 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] == NULL
)
3242 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3244 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3247 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3248 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = &msym_not_found
;
3251 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3254 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3255 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3256 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3257 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3258 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3262 update_global_location_list (1);
3264 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3267 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3269 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3271 struct program_space
*pspace
;
3272 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3273 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3275 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
3277 ALL_PSPACES (pspace
)
3279 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3282 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3284 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3286 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3287 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3289 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3291 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
))
3294 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
== NULL
)
3296 struct minimal_symbol
*m
;
3298 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3299 if (m
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_text
3300 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
) != mst_file_text
))
3302 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3303 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3306 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3309 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3310 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (get_objfile_arch (objfile
), addr
,
3311 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3312 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3313 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3314 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3318 update_global_location_list (1);
3320 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3323 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3326 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3328 struct objfile
*objfile
;
3329 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3331 ALL_OBJFILES (objfile
)
3333 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3334 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3335 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3338 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3340 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3341 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3343 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
3344 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3345 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3348 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
!= NULL
)
3350 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3352 struct probe
*probe
;
3355 VEC_iterate (probe_p
,
3356 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
,
3360 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3362 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, probe
->address
,
3363 bp_exception_master
,
3364 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3365 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3366 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3372 /* Otherwise, try the hook function. */
3374 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
))
3377 gdbarch
= get_objfile_arch (objfile
);
3379 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
== NULL
)
3381 struct minimal_symbol
*debug_hook
;
3383 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3384 if (debug_hook
== NULL
)
3386 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= &msym_not_found
;
3390 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3393 addr
= SYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3394 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr (gdbarch
, addr
,
3396 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3397 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3398 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (func_name
);
3399 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3402 update_global_location_list (1);
3406 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3408 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3409 struct bp_location
*bploc
, **bplocp_tmp
;
3411 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3412 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3413 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3414 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3415 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3416 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3417 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3418 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3419 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bploc
, bplocp_tmp
)
3420 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3421 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3423 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3425 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3428 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3429 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3431 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3435 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3436 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3438 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3442 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3443 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3444 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3445 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3446 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3448 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3452 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3453 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3455 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3459 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3461 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3462 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3463 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3465 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3469 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3471 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3472 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3473 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3474 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3478 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3479 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3480 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3481 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3482 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3483 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3485 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3486 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3487 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3488 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3489 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3490 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3491 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3493 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3494 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3495 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3496 let finish_command delete it.
3498 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3499 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3500 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3501 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3502 solib breakpoints.) */
3504 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3509 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3510 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3512 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
3514 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3518 /* FIXME what about longjmp breakpoints? Re-create them here? */
3519 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
3520 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
3521 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
3522 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
3526 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3528 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3530 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_inferior_ptid ();
3531 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3533 if (PIDGET (ptid
) == PIDGET (inferior_ptid
))
3534 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3536 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3537 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3538 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3540 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3544 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, mark_inserted
);
3547 /* Detach single-step breakpoints as well. */
3548 detach_single_step_breakpoints ();
3550 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3554 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3555 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3556 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3557 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3558 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3561 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3565 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3566 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3568 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3569 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3572 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3573 This should not ever happen. */
3574 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3576 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3577 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3579 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3580 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3581 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3583 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3584 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3585 || bl
->section
== NULL
3586 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3588 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3589 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3593 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3594 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3595 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3597 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3598 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3600 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3601 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3602 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3603 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3604 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3606 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3607 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3609 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3610 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3613 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3614 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3615 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3616 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3618 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3619 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3620 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3621 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3622 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3623 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3629 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3634 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint
3635 in a shared library that has already been removed, but we
3636 have not yet processed the shlib unload event. */
3637 if (val
&& solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
))
3642 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3644 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3646 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3647 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3649 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3650 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3652 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3653 if ((is
== mark_uninserted
) && (bl
->inserted
))
3654 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3657 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3658 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3661 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3662 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3664 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
);
3668 bl
->inserted
= (is
== mark_inserted
);
3675 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, insertion_state_t is
)
3678 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
3680 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3681 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3683 if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3684 /* Permanent breakpoints cannot be inserted or removed. */
3687 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3688 This should not ever happen. */
3689 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3691 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
3693 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3695 ret
= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, is
);
3697 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
3701 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3704 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3706 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3708 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3709 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3713 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3714 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3716 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3719 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3720 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3721 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3726 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3728 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
3729 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3731 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3733 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3735 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3738 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3740 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3741 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
3742 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
3746 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
3748 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3754 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3756 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3757 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3760 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3762 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3764 case bp_shlib_event
:
3766 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3767 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3768 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3769 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3770 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3772 (gdb) file prog-linux
3773 (gdb) run # native linux target
3776 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3777 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3780 case bp_step_resume
:
3782 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3784 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3788 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3789 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3790 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3792 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
3794 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
3795 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
3796 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3797 else if (context
== inf_starting
)
3799 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
3800 insert_breakpoints. */
3802 value_free (w
->val
);
3813 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
3814 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, bl
); ++ix
)
3815 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
3816 VEC_free (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
);
3819 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
3820 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
3821 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
3822 match, not program space. */
3824 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
3825 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
3826 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
3827 permanent breakpoint.
3828 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
3829 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
3830 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
3831 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
3832 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
3834 enum breakpoint_here
3835 breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3837 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3838 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
3840 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3842 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3843 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3846 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
3847 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3848 || bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3849 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3851 if (overlay_debugging
3852 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3853 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3854 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3855 else if (bl
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
3856 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
3858 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
3862 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: 0;
3865 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
3868 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3870 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3873 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
3874 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
3880 /* Returns non-zero if there's a breakpoint inserted at PC, which is
3881 inserted using regular breakpoint_chain / bp_location array
3882 mechanism. This does not check for single-step breakpoints, which
3883 are inserted and removed using direct target manipulation. */
3886 regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3889 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3891 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3893 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3894 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3898 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
3900 if (overlay_debugging
3901 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3902 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3903 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3911 /* Returns non-zero iff there's either regular breakpoint
3912 or a single step breakpoint inserted at PC. */
3915 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
3917 if (regular_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3920 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3926 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
3930 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3933 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
3935 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
3937 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
3941 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
3944 if (overlay_debugging
3945 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
3946 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3947 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
3953 /* Also check for software single-step breakpoints. */
3954 if (single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (aspace
, pc
))
3961 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (struct address_space
*aspace
,
3962 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
3964 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
3966 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
3968 struct bp_location
*loc
;
3970 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
3971 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
3974 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3977 for (loc
= bpt
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
3978 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
3982 /* Check for intersection. */
3983 l
= max (loc
->address
, addr
);
3984 h
= min (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
3992 /* breakpoint_thread_match (PC, PTID) returns true if the breakpoint at
3993 PC is valid for process/thread PTID. */
3996 breakpoint_thread_match (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
3999 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
4000 /* The thread and task IDs associated to PTID, computed lazily. */
4004 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
4006 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4007 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4010 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has bl->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4011 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4012 && bl
->owner
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
4015 if (!breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4018 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1)
4020 /* This is a thread-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4021 matches that thread. If thread hasn't been computed yet,
4022 it is now time to do so. */
4024 thread
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
4025 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= thread
)
4029 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= 0)
4031 /* This is a task-specific breakpoint. Check that ptid
4032 matches that task. If task hasn't been computed yet,
4033 it is now time to do so. */
4035 task
= ada_get_task_number (ptid
);
4036 if (bl
->owner
->task
!= task
)
4040 if (overlay_debugging
4041 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4042 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4043 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4052 /* bpstat stuff. External routines' interfaces are documented
4056 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*ep
)
4058 return (ep
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4061 /* Frees any storage that is part of a bpstat. Does not walk the
4065 bpstat_free (bpstat bs
)
4067 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4068 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4069 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4070 decref_bp_location (&bs
->bp_location_at
);
4074 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4075 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4078 bpstat_clear (bpstat
*bsp
)
4095 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4096 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4099 bpstat_copy (bpstat bs
)
4103 bpstat retval
= NULL
;
4108 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4110 tmp
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*tmp
));
4111 memcpy (tmp
, bs
, sizeof (*tmp
));
4112 incref_counted_command_line (tmp
->commands
);
4113 incref_bp_location (tmp
->bp_location_at
);
4114 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4116 tmp
->old_val
= value_copy (bs
->old_val
);
4117 release_value (tmp
->old_val
);
4121 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4131 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4134 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4139 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4141 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4147 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4149 enum bpstat_signal_value
4150 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat bsp
)
4152 enum bpstat_signal_value result
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_NO
;
4154 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4156 /* Ensure that, if we ever entered this loop, then we at least
4157 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE. */
4158 enum bpstat_signal_value newval
= BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
4160 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
)
4161 newval
= bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
);
4163 if (newval
> result
)
4170 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4171 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4172 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4173 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4175 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4176 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4178 Return 1 otherwise. */
4181 bpstat_num (bpstat
*bsp
, int *num
)
4183 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4186 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4188 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4189 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4190 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4191 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4192 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4194 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4196 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4200 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4203 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4205 struct thread_info
*tp
;
4208 if (ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4211 tp
= find_thread_ptid (inferior_ptid
);
4215 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4217 decref_counted_command_line (&bs
->commands
);
4219 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
4221 value_free (bs
->old_val
);
4227 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4230 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4232 if (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
))
4234 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4236 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4237 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4238 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4239 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4240 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4244 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4247 /* Stub for cleaning up our state if we error-out of a breakpoint
4250 cleanup_executing_breakpoints (void *ignore
)
4252 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 0;
4255 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4256 or its equivalent. */
4259 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4261 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0
4262 || (xdb_commands
&& strcmp ("Q", cmd
->line
) == 0));
4265 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4266 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4267 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4268 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4270 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4271 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4272 bpstat of the current thread. */
4275 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
*bsp
)
4278 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
4281 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4283 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4286 executing_breakpoint_commands
= 1;
4287 old_chain
= make_cleanup (cleanup_executing_breakpoints
, 0);
4289 prevent_dont_repeat ();
4291 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4294 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4295 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4297 struct counted_command_line
*ccmd
;
4298 struct command_line
*cmd
;
4299 struct cleanup
*this_cmd_tree_chain
;
4301 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4303 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4304 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4305 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4306 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4307 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4308 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4309 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4310 the tree when we're done. */
4311 ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4312 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4313 this_cmd_tree_chain
= make_cleanup_decref_counted_command_line (&ccmd
);
4314 cmd
= ccmd
? ccmd
->commands
: NULL
;
4315 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4317 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4323 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4325 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4331 /* We can free this command tree now. */
4332 do_cleanups (this_cmd_tree_chain
);
4334 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4336 if (target_can_async_p ())
4337 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4338 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4339 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4342 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4343 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4344 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4345 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4346 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4347 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4348 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4349 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4350 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4351 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4352 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4353 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4354 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4359 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
4364 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4366 struct cleanup
*cleanup_if_error
= make_bpstat_clear_actions_cleanup ();
4368 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4369 while (!ptid_equal (inferior_ptid
, null_ptid
)
4370 && target_has_execution
4371 && !is_exited (inferior_ptid
)
4372 && !is_executing (inferior_ptid
))
4373 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the inferior,
4374 and only return when it is stopped at the next breakpoint, we
4375 keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns false to
4376 indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4377 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&inferior_thread ()->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4380 discard_cleanups (cleanup_if_error
);
4383 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4386 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4389 fprintf_unfiltered (stream
, _("<unreadable>"));
4392 struct value_print_options opts
;
4393 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4394 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4398 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4399 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4400 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4401 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4404 static enum print_stop_action
4405 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat bs
)
4407 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4410 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4411 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4415 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4416 relevant messages. */
4417 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4420 case print_it_normal
:
4422 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4424 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4425 which has since been deleted. */
4427 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4429 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4430 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4435 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4436 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4441 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4444 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4447 = !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
);
4449 = !VEC_empty (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
);
4453 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4454 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4455 _("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4457 ui_out_text (current_uiout
,
4458 _("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4459 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4462 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
4463 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "reason",
4464 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4468 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4472 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior unloaded "));
4473 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4476 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
4481 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4482 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", name
);
4483 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4486 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4491 struct so_list
*iter
;
4493 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
4495 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, _(" Inferior loaded "));
4496 cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (current_uiout
,
4499 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
4504 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, " ");
4505 ui_out_field_string (current_uiout
, "library", iter
->so_name
);
4506 ui_out_text (current_uiout
, "\n");
4509 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
4513 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4514 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4515 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4516 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4517 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4518 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4519 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4522 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4523 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4524 code to print the location. An example is
4525 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4527 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4528 to also print the location part of the message.
4529 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4530 don't require a location appended to the end.
4531 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4532 further info to be printed. */
4534 enum print_stop_action
4535 bpstat_print (bpstat bs
, int kind
)
4539 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4540 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4541 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4542 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4543 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4545 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4546 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4547 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4548 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4552 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4553 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4554 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4555 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4557 print_solib_event (0);
4558 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4561 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4562 with and nothing was printed. */
4563 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4566 /* Evaluate the expression EXP and return 1 if value is zero. This is
4567 used inside a catch_errors to evaluate the breakpoint condition.
4568 The argument is a "struct expression *" that has been cast to a
4569 "char *" to make it pass through catch_errors. */
4572 breakpoint_cond_eval (void *exp
)
4574 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4575 int i
= !value_true (evaluate_expression ((struct expression
*) exp
));
4577 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4581 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4584 bpstat_alloc (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
**bs_link_pointer
)
4588 bs
= (bpstat
) xmalloc (sizeof (*bs
));
4590 **bs_link_pointer
= bs
;
4591 *bs_link_pointer
= &bs
->next
;
4592 bs
->breakpoint_at
= bl
->owner
;
4593 bs
->bp_location_at
= bl
;
4594 incref_bp_location (bl
);
4595 /* If the condition is false, etc., don't do the commands. */
4596 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4598 bs
->print_it
= print_it_normal
;
4602 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4603 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4606 watchpoints_triggered (struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4608 int stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4610 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4612 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4614 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4615 as not triggered. */
4617 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4619 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4621 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4627 if (!target_stopped_data_address (¤t_target
, &addr
))
4629 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4630 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4632 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4634 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4636 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4639 return stopped_by_watchpoint
;
4642 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4643 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4647 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4649 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4650 struct bp_location
*loc
;
4652 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4653 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
4655 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4657 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4658 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4660 if (newaddr
== start
)
4662 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4666 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4667 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range (¤t_target
,
4671 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4680 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check (this can't be an enum
4681 because of check_errors). */
4682 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4683 #define WP_DELETED 1
4684 /* The value has changed. */
4685 #define WP_VALUE_CHANGED 2
4686 /* The value has not changed. */
4687 #define WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED 3
4688 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4691 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4692 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4694 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4697 P should be a pointer to struct bpstat, but is defined as a void *
4698 in order for this function to be usable with catch_errors. */
4701 watchpoint_check (void *p
)
4703 bpstat bs
= (bpstat
) p
;
4704 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4705 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4706 int within_current_scope
;
4708 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4709 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4710 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4712 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4713 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4714 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4715 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4718 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4719 within_current_scope
= 1;
4722 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4723 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4724 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4726 /* in_function_epilogue_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4727 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4728 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4729 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4730 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4731 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4732 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4733 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4734 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4735 if (gdbarch_in_function_epilogue_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4738 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4739 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4741 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4742 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4743 if (within_current_scope
)
4745 struct symbol
*function
;
4747 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4748 if (function
== NULL
4749 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4750 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4751 within_current_scope
= 0;
4754 if (within_current_scope
)
4755 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4756 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4761 if (within_current_scope
)
4763 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4764 time before we return to the command level and call
4765 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4766 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4770 struct value
*new_val
;
4772 if (is_masked_watchpoint (&b
->base
))
4773 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4774 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4775 a mask watchpoint. */
4776 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4778 mark
= value_mark ();
4779 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
, &pc
, &new_val
, NULL
, NULL
);
4781 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4782 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4783 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4784 not what we want. */
4785 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4786 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
, new_val
)))
4788 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4790 release_value (new_val
);
4791 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4793 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4796 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4800 /* Nothing changed. */
4801 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4802 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4807 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4809 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4810 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4811 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4812 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4813 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4814 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4815 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4816 the first value assigned). */
4817 /* We print all the stop information in
4818 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4819 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4820 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4822 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
4824 (uiout
, "reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4825 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nWatchpoint ");
4826 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "wpnum", b
->base
.number
);
4828 " deleted because the program has left the block in\n\
4829 which its expression is valid.\n");
4831 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
4832 decref_counted_command_line (&b
->base
.commands
);
4833 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4839 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
4840 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
4841 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
4844 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
4845 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
4846 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
4848 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
4850 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
4851 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4853 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
4856 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
4857 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
4860 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
4862 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
4863 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4865 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
4866 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
4867 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
4868 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4869 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
4872 int must_check_value
= 0;
4874 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4875 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
4877 must_check_value
= 1;
4878 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
4879 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
4880 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
4882 must_check_value
= 1;
4883 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
4884 && b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
4885 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
4886 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
4887 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
4888 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
4889 must_check_value
= 1;
4891 if (must_check_value
)
4894 = xstrprintf ("Error evaluating expression for watchpoint %d\n",
4896 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
4897 int e
= catch_errors (watchpoint_check
, bs
, message
,
4899 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
4903 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
4904 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
4908 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4911 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4912 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
4914 /* There are two cases to consider here:
4916 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
4917 In that case, trust the target, and always report
4918 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
4919 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
4920 have changed since the last time it was read, and
4921 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
4922 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
4925 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
4926 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
4929 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
4930 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
4931 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
4932 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
4934 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
4935 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
4936 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
4939 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
4940 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
4941 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
4942 changes. This still gives false positives when
4943 the program writes the same value to memory as
4944 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
4945 it for a read), but it's much better than
4948 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
4950 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
4952 struct breakpoint
*other_b
;
4954 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other_b
)
4955 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4956 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
4958 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
4959 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
4961 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
4962 == watch_triggered_yes
)
4964 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
4970 if (other_write_watchpoint
4971 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
4973 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
4974 and the value changed since the last time we
4975 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
4977 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4982 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
4983 if (b
->base
.type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
4984 || b
->base
.type
== bp_watchpoint
)
4986 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
4987 the value hasn't changed. */
4988 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
4996 /* Error from catch_errors. */
4997 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"), b
->base
.number
);
4998 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
4999 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5000 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5004 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5006 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5007 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5008 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5009 anything for this watchpoint. */
5010 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5017 /* Check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5018 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5019 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5022 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat bs
, ptid_t ptid
)
5024 int thread_id
= pid_to_thread_id (ptid
);
5025 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5026 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5028 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5029 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
5030 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5031 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5032 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5034 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5035 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5036 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5038 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5039 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5043 int value_is_zero
= 0;
5044 struct expression
*cond
;
5046 /* Evaluate Python breakpoints that have a "stop"
5047 method implemented. */
5048 if (b
->py_bp_object
)
5049 bs
->stop
= gdbpy_should_stop (b
->py_bp_object
);
5051 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5053 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5060 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5062 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5063 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5065 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5066 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5067 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5068 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5070 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5072 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5073 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5077 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5078 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5079 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5080 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5081 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5083 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5084 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5087 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5089 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5090 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5091 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5092 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5093 really matter which instantiation of the function
5094 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5095 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5096 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5097 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5098 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5099 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5100 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5101 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5103 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5105 select_frame (frame
);
5107 within_current_scope
= 0;
5109 if (within_current_scope
)
5111 = catch_errors (breakpoint_cond_eval
, cond
,
5112 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n",
5116 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5117 "in the current scope"));
5118 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5119 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5122 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5123 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5126 if (cond
&& value_is_zero
)
5130 else if (b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread_id
)
5134 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5138 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5140 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5146 /* Get a bpstat associated with having just stopped at address
5147 BP_ADDR in thread PTID.
5149 Determine whether we stopped at a breakpoint, etc, or whether we
5150 don't understand this stop. Result is a chain of bpstat's such
5153 if we don't understand the stop, the result is a null pointer.
5155 if we understand why we stopped, the result is not null.
5157 Each element of the chain refers to a particular breakpoint or
5158 watchpoint at which we have stopped. (We may have stopped for
5159 several reasons concurrently.)
5161 Each element of the chain has valid next, breakpoint_at,
5162 commands, FIXME??? fields. */
5165 bpstat_stop_status (struct address_space
*aspace
,
5166 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, ptid_t ptid
,
5167 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
5169 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5170 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5171 struct bp_location
*loc
;
5172 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5173 bpstat bs_head
= NULL
, *bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5174 /* Pointer to the last thing in the chain currently. */
5177 int need_remove_insert
;
5180 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5181 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5182 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5183 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5184 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5185 inferior function calls. */
5189 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5192 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5194 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5195 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5196 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5197 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5198 checked all locations already. */
5199 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5202 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5205 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5208 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5211 bs
= bpstat_alloc (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5214 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5215 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5216 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5220 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5221 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5222 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5224 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5226 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5228 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5233 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
5235 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
))
5237 bs
= bpstat_alloc (loc
, &bs_link
);
5238 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5241 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5245 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5246 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5247 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5249 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5251 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5253 handle_solib_event ();
5258 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5259 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5260 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5264 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5269 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5270 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5273 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, ptid
);
5278 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
5280 /* We will stop here. */
5281 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5283 --(b
->enable_count
);
5284 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0
5285 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
5286 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5291 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5292 incref_counted_command_line (bs
->commands
);
5293 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5294 ? bs
->commands
->commands
: NULL
))
5300 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5302 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5303 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5306 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5307 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5308 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5310 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5311 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5312 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5314 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5315 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5317 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5319 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5320 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5323 if (need_remove_insert
)
5324 update_global_location_list (1);
5325 else if (removed_any
)
5326 update_global_location_list (0);
5332 handle_jit_event (void)
5334 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5335 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5337 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5338 breakpoint_re_set. */
5339 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5341 frame
= get_current_frame ();
5342 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
5344 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
);
5346 target_terminal_inferior ();
5349 /* Handle an solib event by calling solib_add. */
5352 handle_solib_event (void)
5354 clear_program_space_solib_cache (current_inferior ()->pspace
);
5356 /* Check for any newly added shared libraries if we're supposed to
5357 be adding them automatically. Switch terminal for any messages
5358 produced by breakpoint_re_set. */
5359 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
5361 SOLIB_ADD (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5363 solib_add (NULL
, 0, ¤t_target
, auto_solib_add
);
5365 target_terminal_inferior ();
5368 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5370 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5373 bpstat_what (bpstat bs_head
)
5375 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5379 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5380 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5381 retval
.is_longjmp
= 0;
5383 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5385 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5386 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5387 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5390 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5392 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5393 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5397 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5404 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5407 case bp_shlib_event
:
5411 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5413 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5416 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5419 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5420 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5421 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5425 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5427 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5431 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5432 This requires no further action. */
5436 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5438 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5439 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5441 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5442 case bp_exception_resume
:
5443 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5444 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5446 case bp_step_resume
:
5448 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5451 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5452 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5455 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5457 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5460 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5461 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5464 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5465 case bp_thread_event
:
5466 case bp_overlay_event
:
5467 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5468 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5469 case bp_exception_master
:
5470 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5476 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5478 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5482 /* There was a catchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5483 This requires no further action. */
5488 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5491 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5492 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5493 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5494 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5496 case bp_std_terminate
:
5497 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5498 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5499 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5500 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5503 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5504 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5505 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5506 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5508 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5509 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5511 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5512 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5513 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5515 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5516 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5517 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5518 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5522 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5526 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5527 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5530 retval
.main_action
= max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5533 /* These operations may affect the bs->breakpoint_at state so they are
5534 delayed after MAIN_ACTION is decided above. */
5539 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stdlog
, "bpstat_what: bp_jit_event\n");
5541 handle_jit_event ();
5544 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5546 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5552 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5553 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5555 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5556 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5564 /* Nonzero if we should step constantly (e.g. watchpoints on machines
5565 without hardware support). This isn't related to a specific bpstat,
5566 just to things like whether watchpoints are set. */
5569 bpstat_should_step (void)
5571 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5574 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5580 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat bs
)
5582 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5591 /* Compute a string of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5592 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5593 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5596 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5598 static char wrap_indent
[80];
5599 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5603 for (i
= 1; ui_out_query_field (uiout
, i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5605 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5607 gdb_assert (total_width
< sizeof wrap_indent
);
5608 memset (wrap_indent
, ' ', total_width
);
5609 wrap_indent
[total_width
] = 0;
5614 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5620 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5621 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5623 "host": Host evals condition.
5624 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5625 "target": Target evals condition.
5629 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5631 struct bp_location
*bl
;
5632 char host_evals
= 0;
5633 char target_evals
= 0;
5638 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5641 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5642 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5643 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5645 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
5647 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5653 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5654 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5655 else if (target_evals
)
5656 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5658 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5661 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5662 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5665 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5667 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5670 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5671 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5672 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5674 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5675 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5677 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5680 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5683 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5684 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5686 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5687 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
5689 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5693 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5695 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5696 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", b
->addr_string
);
5697 else if (loc
&& loc
->source_file
)
5700 = find_pc_sect_function (loc
->address
, loc
->section
);
5703 ui_out_text (uiout
, "in ");
5704 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
5705 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
5706 ui_out_text (uiout
, " ");
5707 ui_out_wrap_hint (uiout
, wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5708 ui_out_text (uiout
, "at ");
5710 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", loc
->source_file
);
5711 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
5713 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
5715 struct symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (loc
->address
, 0);
5716 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
);
5718 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
5721 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", loc
->line_number
);
5725 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
5726 struct cleanup
*stb_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
5728 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, stb
,
5730 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "at", stb
);
5732 do_cleanups (stb_chain
);
5735 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "pending", b
->addr_string
);
5737 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5738 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5739 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5741 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
5742 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
5743 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5744 ui_out_text (uiout
, ")");
5747 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
5751 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5753 struct ep_type_description
5758 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5760 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5761 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5762 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5763 {bp_until
, "until"},
5764 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5765 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5766 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5767 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5768 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5769 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5770 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5771 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5772 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5773 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5774 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5775 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5776 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5777 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5778 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5779 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5780 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5781 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5782 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5783 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5784 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5785 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5786 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5787 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5788 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5789 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5790 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5791 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5792 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5795 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5796 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5797 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5798 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
5801 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
5806 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
5807 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
5810 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
5811 const char *field_name
,
5815 struct cleanup
*back_to
= make_cleanup_ui_out_list_begin_end (uiout
,
5817 int is_mi
= ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
);
5821 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
5822 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
5823 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
5826 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (int, inf_num
, i
, inf
); ++i
)
5832 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf
);
5833 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, NULL
, mi_group
);
5838 ui_out_text (uiout
, " inf ");
5840 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
5842 ui_out_text (uiout
, plongest (inf
));
5846 do_cleanups (back_to
);
5849 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. */
5852 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5853 struct bp_location
*loc
,
5855 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
5858 struct command_line
*l
;
5859 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
5861 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5862 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
5863 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
5864 struct value_print_options opts
;
5866 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
5868 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
5869 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
5870 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
5873 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
)))
5874 header_of_multiple
= 1;
5882 if (part_of_multiple
)
5885 formatted
= xstrprintf ("%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
5886 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "number", formatted
);
5891 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
5896 if (part_of_multiple
)
5897 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "type");
5899 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
5903 if (part_of_multiple
)
5904 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "disp");
5906 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
5911 if (part_of_multiple
)
5912 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "enabled", loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n");
5914 ui_out_field_fmt (uiout
, "enabled", "%c",
5915 bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
5916 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 2);
5920 if (b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
5922 /* Although the print_one can possibly print all locations,
5923 calling it here is not likely to get any nice result. So,
5924 make sure there's just one location. */
5925 gdb_assert (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
5926 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
5932 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5933 _("print_one_breakpoint: bp_none encountered\n"));
5937 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5938 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5939 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5941 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5943 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
5944 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
5945 is relatively readable). */
5946 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5947 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
5949 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", w
->exp_string
);
5954 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5958 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5959 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5961 case bp_exception_resume
:
5962 case bp_step_resume
:
5963 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5964 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5966 case bp_std_terminate
:
5967 case bp_shlib_event
:
5968 case bp_thread_event
:
5969 case bp_overlay_event
:
5970 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5971 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5972 case bp_exception_master
:
5974 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5975 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5978 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5979 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5980 if (opts
.addressprint
)
5983 if (header_of_multiple
)
5984 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<MULTIPLE>");
5985 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5986 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
5988 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
5989 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
5992 if (!header_of_multiple
)
5993 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6000 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6002 struct inferior
*inf
;
6003 VEC(int) *inf_num
= NULL
;
6008 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6009 VEC_safe_push (int, inf_num
, inf
->num
);
6012 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6013 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6015 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6016 && (number_of_program_spaces () > 1
6017 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6018 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6019 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6020 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6022 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_num
, mi_only
);
6023 VEC_free (int, inf_num
);
6026 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6028 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6030 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6031 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6032 ui_out_text (uiout
, " thread ");
6033 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6035 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6037 ui_out_text (uiout
, " task ");
6038 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "task", b
->task
);
6042 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6044 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6045 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6047 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6050 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6051 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6053 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "frame",
6054 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6055 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6058 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6061 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6062 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace only if ");
6064 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only if ");
6065 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "cond", b
->cond_string
);
6067 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6068 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6069 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6070 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6071 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6073 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (");
6074 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "evaluated-by",
6075 bp_condition_evaluator (b
));
6076 ui_out_text (uiout
, " evals)");
6078 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6081 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6083 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6084 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tstop only in thread ");
6085 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "thread", b
->thread
);
6086 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
6089 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6093 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6094 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6095 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tcatchpoint");
6096 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6097 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttracepoint");
6099 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tbreakpoint");
6100 ui_out_text (uiout
, " already hit ");
6101 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6102 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6103 ui_out_text (uiout
, " time\n");
6105 ui_out_text (uiout
, " times\n");
6109 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6110 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6111 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "times", b
->hit_count
);
6115 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6118 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tignore next ");
6119 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "ignore", b
->ignore_count
);
6120 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6123 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6124 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6125 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6126 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6129 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tdisable after ");
6130 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6131 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6132 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6133 ui_out_text (uiout
, "additional ");
6135 ui_out_text (uiout
, "next ");
6136 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "enable", b
->enable_count
);
6137 ui_out_text (uiout
, " hits\n");
6140 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6142 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6144 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6146 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\ttrace buffer usage ");
6147 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6148 ui_out_text (uiout
, " bytes\n");
6152 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
->commands
: NULL
;
6153 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6155 struct cleanup
*script_chain
;
6158 script_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "script");
6159 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6160 do_cleanups (script_chain
);
6163 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6165 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6167 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6169 annotate_field (10);
6170 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tpass count ");
6171 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "pass", t
->pass_count
);
6172 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6175 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6177 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6179 annotate_field (11);
6181 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
6182 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "installed",
6183 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6187 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\t");
6189 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tnot ");
6190 ui_out_text (uiout
, "installed on target\n");
6195 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
) && !part_of_multiple
)
6197 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6199 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6201 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", w
->exp_string
);
6203 else if (b
->addr_string
)
6204 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "original-location", b
->addr_string
);
6209 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6210 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6213 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
;
6214 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6216 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "bkpt");
6218 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
);
6219 do_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
6221 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6222 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6223 locations, if any. */
6224 if (b
->ops
== NULL
|| b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
)
6226 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6227 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6228 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6231 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6232 internally, that's not a property exposed to user. */
6234 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6235 && (b
->loc
->next
|| !b
->loc
->enabled
))
6237 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6240 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
, ++n
)
6242 struct cleanup
*inner2
=
6243 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, NULL
);
6244 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
, allflag
);
6245 do_cleanups (inner2
);
6252 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6254 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6255 struct bp_location
*loc
;
6257 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
6261 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have
6262 an address to print. */
6263 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& loc
->watchpoint_type
== -1)
6266 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6267 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6268 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6271 return print_address_bits
;
6274 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
6280 do_captured_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, void *data
)
6282 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args
*args
= data
;
6283 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6284 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6288 if (args
->bnum
== b
->number
)
6290 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6298 gdb_breakpoint_query (struct ui_out
*uiout
, int bnum
,
6299 char **error_message
)
6301 struct captured_breakpoint_query_args args
;
6304 /* For the moment we don't trust print_one_breakpoint() to not throw
6306 if (catch_exceptions_with_msg (uiout
, do_captured_breakpoint_query
, &args
,
6307 error_message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
) < 0)
6313 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6314 internal or momentary. */
6317 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6319 return b
->number
> 0;
6322 /* Print information on user settable breakpoint (watchpoint, etc)
6323 number BNUM. If BNUM is -1 print all user-settable breakpoints.
6324 If ALLFLAG is non-zero, include non-user-settable breakpoints. If
6325 FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6326 ones for which it returns non-zero. Return the total number of
6327 breakpoints listed. */
6330 breakpoint_1 (char *args
, int allflag
,
6331 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6333 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6334 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6335 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6336 struct cleanup
*bkpttbl_chain
;
6337 struct value_print_options opts
;
6338 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6339 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6340 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6342 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6344 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6345 required for address fields. */
6346 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6349 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6350 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6353 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6354 accept. Skip the others. */
6355 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6357 if (allflag
&& parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6359 if (!allflag
&& !number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6363 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6365 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6367 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6368 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6369 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6371 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6372 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6373 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6375 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6379 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6381 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 6,
6382 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6386 = make_cleanup_ui_out_table_begin_end (uiout
, 5,
6387 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6390 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6391 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6392 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6394 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6395 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6397 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, print_type_col_width
, ui_left
,
6398 "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6399 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6401 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6402 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6404 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6405 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6407 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6409 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6410 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 10, ui_left
,
6411 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6413 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 18, ui_left
,
6414 "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6416 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6418 ui_out_table_header (uiout
, 40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6419 ui_out_table_body (uiout
);
6420 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6421 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6426 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6427 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6430 /* If we have an "args" string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6431 accept. Skip the others. */
6433 if (args
!= NULL
&& *args
!= '\0')
6435 if (allflag
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6437 if (parse_and_eval_long (args
) != b
->number
)
6440 else /* all others */
6442 if (!number_is_in_list (args
, b
->number
))
6446 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6448 if (allflag
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6449 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, allflag
);
6452 do_cleanups (bkpttbl_chain
);
6454 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6456 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6460 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6461 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6463 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0,
6464 "No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6470 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6471 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6474 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6475 there have been breakpoints? */
6476 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6478 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6481 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6482 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6485 default_collect_info (void)
6487 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6489 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6490 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6492 if (!*default_collect
)
6495 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6497 ui_out_text (uiout
, "default collect ");
6498 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "default-collect", default_collect
);
6499 ui_out_text (uiout
, " \n");
6503 breakpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6505 breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, NULL
);
6507 default_collect_info ();
6511 watchpoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6513 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_watchpoint
);
6514 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6516 if (num_printed
== 0)
6518 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6519 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoints.\n");
6521 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6526 maintenance_info_breakpoints (char *args
, int from_tty
)
6528 breakpoint_1 (args
, 1, NULL
);
6530 default_collect_info ();
6534 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6535 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6536 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6538 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
6540 for (; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
6542 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6543 && bl
->address
== pc
6544 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6550 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6551 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6555 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6556 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6557 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6560 struct breakpoint
*b
;
6563 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6564 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6568 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6569 else /* if (others == ???) */
6570 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6572 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6575 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6576 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6577 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6578 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6579 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6580 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6581 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6582 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6584 : b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
6588 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6590 printf_filtered (_("also set at pc "));
6591 fputs_filtered (paddress (gdbarch
, pc
), gdb_stdout
);
6592 printf_filtered (".\n");
6597 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of
6598 BPT. For some breakpoint types, the address member is irrelevant
6599 and it makes no sense to attempt to compare it to other addresses
6600 (or use it for any other purpose either).
6602 More specifically, each of the following breakpoint types will
6603 always have a zero valued address and we don't want to mark
6604 breakpoints of any of these types to be a duplicate of an actual
6605 breakpoint at address zero:
6613 breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6615 enum bptype type
= bpt
->type
;
6617 return (type
!= bp_watchpoint
&& type
!= bp_catchpoint
);
6620 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6621 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6624 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6625 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6627 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6628 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6630 /* Both of them must exist. */
6631 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6632 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6634 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6635 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6636 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6637 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6638 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6639 other watchpoint. */
6641 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6643 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6646 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6648 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6652 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6653 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6654 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6655 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6656 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6657 become hw_access locations later. */
6658 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6659 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6660 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6661 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6664 /* Returns true if {ASPACE1,ADDR1} and {ASPACE2,ADDR2} represent the
6665 same breakpoint location. In most targets, this can only be true
6666 if ASPACE1 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global
6667 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6670 breakpoint_address_match (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6671 struct address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6673 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6674 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6678 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6679 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6680 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6681 space doesn't really matter. */
6684 breakpoint_address_match_range (struct address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6685 int len1
, struct address_space
*aspace2
,
6688 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6689 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6690 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6693 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6694 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6695 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6696 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6699 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6700 struct address_space
*aspace
,
6703 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6706 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6707 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6711 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6712 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6713 true, otherwise returns false. */
6716 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6717 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6719 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6720 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6721 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6722 different locations. */
6723 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6728 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6729 (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2
6730 represent the same location. */
6733 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6734 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6736 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6738 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6739 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6740 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6742 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6743 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6745 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6748 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6749 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6750 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6752 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged breakpoints. */
6753 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6754 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6755 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6759 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6760 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6762 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6763 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6767 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6768 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6770 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6771 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6773 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6776 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6777 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6778 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6779 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6782 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6783 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6785 if (!gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6787 /* Very few targets need any kind of breakpoint adjustment. */
6790 else if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6791 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6792 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6793 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6794 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6796 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6797 have their addresses modified. */
6802 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
;
6804 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6805 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6806 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6808 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6809 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6811 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
6812 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
6814 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
6819 init_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
, const struct bp_location_ops
*ops
,
6820 struct breakpoint
*owner
)
6822 memset (loc
, 0, sizeof (*loc
));
6824 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6829 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
6830 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 0;
6833 switch (owner
->type
)
6839 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
6840 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
6842 case bp_exception_resume
:
6843 case bp_step_resume
:
6844 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
6845 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
6847 case bp_std_terminate
:
6848 case bp_shlib_event
:
6849 case bp_thread_event
:
6850 case bp_overlay_event
:
6852 case bp_longjmp_master
:
6853 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
6854 case bp_exception_master
:
6855 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
6856 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
6858 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
6859 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6861 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
6862 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
6863 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
6865 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
6866 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
6867 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
6868 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
6873 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
6874 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
6875 loc
->loc_type
= bp_loc_other
;
6878 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
6884 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
6886 static struct bp_location
*
6887 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
6889 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
6893 free_bp_location (struct bp_location
*loc
)
6895 loc
->ops
->dtor (loc
);
6899 /* Increment reference count. */
6902 incref_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
6907 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
6908 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
6911 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
6913 gdb_assert ((*blp
)->refc
> 0);
6915 if (--(*blp
)->refc
== 0)
6916 free_bp_location (*blp
);
6920 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
6923 add_to_breakpoint_chain (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6925 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
6927 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
6928 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
6930 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
6932 breakpoint_chain
= b
;
6941 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
6944 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6945 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6947 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6949 memset (b
, 0, sizeof (*b
));
6951 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
6955 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
6956 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
6957 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
6959 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
6962 b
->ignore_count
= 0;
6964 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
6965 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
6966 b
->py_bp_object
= NULL
;
6967 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
6970 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
6971 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
6973 static struct breakpoint
*
6974 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6976 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
6978 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
6980 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
6981 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
6985 /* Initialize loc->function_name. EXPLICIT_LOC says no indirect function
6986 resolutions should be made as the user specified the location explicitly
6990 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
, int explicit_loc
)
6992 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
6994 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
6995 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
6996 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
6999 const char *function_name
;
7000 CORE_ADDR func_addr
;
7002 find_pc_partial_function_gnu_ifunc (loc
->address
, &function_name
,
7003 &func_addr
, NULL
, &is_gnu_ifunc
);
7005 if (is_gnu_ifunc
&& !explicit_loc
)
7007 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7009 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
);
7010 if (gnu_ifunc_resolve_name (function_name
,
7011 &loc
->requested_address
))
7013 /* Recalculate ADDRESS based on new REQUESTED_ADDRESS. */
7014 loc
->address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc
->gdbarch
,
7015 loc
->requested_address
,
7018 else if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7019 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7021 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7022 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7023 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7024 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7026 loc
->related_address
= func_addr
;
7031 loc
->function_name
= xstrdup (function_name
);
7035 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7037 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7040 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.section
->objfile
);
7042 return get_objfile_arch (sal
.symtab
->objfile
);
7047 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7048 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7049 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7051 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7052 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7053 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7056 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7057 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7058 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7060 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7062 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7064 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7065 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7067 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7068 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7070 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7071 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7074 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7075 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7076 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7077 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7078 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7079 is also returned as the value of this function.
7081 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7082 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7083 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7084 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7085 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7086 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7087 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7090 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7091 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7092 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7094 struct breakpoint
*b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
7096 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7097 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
7102 /* Note that the breakpoint object B describes a permanent breakpoint
7103 instruction, hard-wired into the inferior's code. */
7105 make_breakpoint_permanent (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7107 struct bp_location
*bl
;
7109 b
->enable_state
= bp_permanent
;
7111 /* By definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
7112 code. Mark all locations as inserted. For now,
7113 make_breakpoint_permanent is called in just one place, so it's
7114 hard to say if it's reasonable to have permanent breakpoint with
7115 multiple locations or not, but it's easy to implement. */
7116 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
7120 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7121 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7122 initiated the operation. */
7125 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7127 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7128 int thread
= tp
->num
;
7130 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7131 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7132 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7133 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7134 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7135 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7136 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7137 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7139 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7140 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7142 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7143 after their removal. */
7144 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7145 &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
);
7146 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7149 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7152 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7154 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7156 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7158 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7159 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7161 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7162 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7167 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7169 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7171 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7172 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7174 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7175 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7179 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7180 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7181 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7185 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7187 struct breakpoint
*b
, *retval
= NULL
;
7190 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7192 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7194 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7195 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7196 new_b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
7198 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7200 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7203 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7204 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7205 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7206 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7212 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7213 THREAD. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7216 You should call this function only at places where it is safe to currently
7217 unwind the whole stack. Failed stack unwind would discard live dummy
7221 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (int thread
)
7223 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7225 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7226 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== thread
)
7228 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7230 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7231 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7232 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7233 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7236 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
);
7238 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7240 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7241 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7242 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7244 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7249 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7251 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7254 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7256 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7257 update_global_location_list (1);
7258 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7263 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7265 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7268 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7270 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7271 update_global_location_list (0);
7272 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7276 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7277 master breakpoint. */
7279 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7281 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7283 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7284 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7285 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7287 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7288 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
7292 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7294 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7296 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7298 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7299 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7300 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7304 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7306 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7308 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7309 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7311 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7312 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7314 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
7316 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7322 remove_thread_event_breakpoints (void)
7324 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7326 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7327 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
7328 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7329 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7332 struct lang_and_radix
7338 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7341 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7343 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7345 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7346 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7347 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7351 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7354 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7356 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7358 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7359 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7360 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7361 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7365 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7367 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7369 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7370 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7371 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7372 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7376 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7378 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7380 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7381 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7382 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
7386 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7387 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7390 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7392 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7394 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7396 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7397 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7399 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7400 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7401 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7402 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7403 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7404 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7405 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7406 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7407 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7408 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7409 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7411 && PC_SOLIB (loc
->address
)
7413 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7417 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7422 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in an unloaded shared
7423 library. Only apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay
7427 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7429 struct bp_location
*loc
, **locp_tmp
;
7430 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7432 /* SunOS a.out shared libraries are always mapped, so do not
7433 disable breakpoints; they will only be reported as unloaded
7434 through clear_solib when GDB discards its shared library
7435 list. See clear_solib for more information. */
7436 if (exec_bfd
!= NULL
7437 && bfd_get_flavour (exec_bfd
) == bfd_target_aout_flavour
)
7440 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp_tmp
)
7442 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7443 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7445 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7446 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7447 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7448 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7449 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7450 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7451 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7452 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7453 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7455 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7456 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7457 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7458 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7461 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7462 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
7464 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7466 target_terminal_ours_for_output ();
7467 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7468 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7471 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7476 /* FORK & VFORK catchpoints. */
7478 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a fork or vfork
7479 catchpoint. It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base
7480 class; users downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A
7481 breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7482 CATCH_FORK_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7484 struct fork_catchpoint
7486 /* The base class. */
7487 struct breakpoint base
;
7489 /* Process id of a child process whose forking triggered this
7490 catchpoint. This field is only valid immediately after this
7491 catchpoint has triggered. */
7492 ptid_t forked_inferior_pid
;
7495 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7499 insert_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7501 return target_insert_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7504 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7508 remove_catch_fork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7510 return target_remove_fork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7513 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7517 breakpoint_hit_catch_fork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7518 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7519 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7521 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7523 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_FORKED
)
7526 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7530 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7533 static enum print_stop_action
7534 print_it_catch_fork (bpstat bs
)
7536 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7537 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7538 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7540 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7541 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7542 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7544 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7545 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7547 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7548 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FORK
));
7549 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7551 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7552 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (forked process ");
7553 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7554 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7555 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7558 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7562 print_one_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7564 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7565 struct value_print_options opts
;
7566 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7568 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7570 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7571 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7573 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7574 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7576 ui_out_text (uiout
, "fork");
7577 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7579 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7580 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7581 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7582 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7585 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7586 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "fork");
7589 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7593 print_mention_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7595 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (fork)"), b
->number
);
7598 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for fork
7602 print_recreate_catch_fork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7604 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch fork");
7605 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7608 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in fork catchpoints. */
7610 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
7612 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7616 insert_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7618 return target_insert_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7621 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7625 remove_catch_vfork (struct bp_location
*bl
)
7627 return target_remove_vfork_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
7630 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7634 breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7635 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
7636 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7638 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7640 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_VFORKED
)
7643 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= ws
->value
.related_pid
;
7647 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7650 static enum print_stop_action
7651 print_it_catch_vfork (bpstat bs
)
7653 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7654 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7655 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7657 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7658 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7659 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7661 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7662 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7664 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
7665 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_VFORK
));
7666 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7668 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7669 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (vforked process ");
7670 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "newpid", ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7671 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
7672 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7675 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7679 print_one_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
7681 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= (struct fork_catchpoint
*) b
;
7682 struct value_print_options opts
;
7683 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7685 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7686 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7687 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7689 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7690 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7692 ui_out_text (uiout
, "vfork");
7693 if (!ptid_equal (c
->forked_inferior_pid
, null_ptid
))
7695 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", process ");
7696 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "what",
7697 ptid_get_pid (c
->forked_inferior_pid
));
7698 ui_out_spaces (uiout
, 1);
7701 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7702 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "vfork");
7705 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7709 print_mention_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7711 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (vfork)"), b
->number
);
7714 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for vfork
7718 print_recreate_catch_vfork (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7720 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch vfork");
7721 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
7724 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in vfork catchpoints. */
7726 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
7728 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7729 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
7730 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
7731 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7732 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7734 struct solib_catchpoint
7736 /* The base class. */
7737 struct breakpoint base
;
7739 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7740 unsigned char is_load
;
7742 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7743 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7749 dtor_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7751 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7754 regfree (&self
->compiled
);
7755 xfree (self
->regex
);
7757 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
7761 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7767 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7773 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7774 struct address_space
*aspace
,
7776 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
7778 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7779 struct breakpoint
*other
;
7781 if (ws
->kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7784 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (other
)
7786 struct bp_location
*other_bl
;
7788 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7791 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7794 if (self
->base
.pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->base
.pspace
)
7797 for (other_bl
= other
->loc
; other_bl
!= NULL
; other_bl
= other_bl
->next
)
7799 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7808 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstats
*bs
)
7810 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7811 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7816 struct so_list
*iter
;
7819 VEC_iterate (so_list_ptr
, current_program_space
->added_solibs
,
7824 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7833 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
,
7838 || regexec (&self
->compiled
, iter
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7844 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7847 static enum print_stop_action
7848 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat bs
)
7850 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7851 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7853 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7854 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7855 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
7857 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
7858 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
7859 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
7860 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7861 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7862 print_solib_event (1);
7863 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7867 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7869 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7870 struct value_print_options opts
;
7871 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7874 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7875 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7876 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7878 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7881 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
7888 msg
= xstrprintf (_("load of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7890 msg
= xstrdup (_("load of library"));
7895 msg
= xstrprintf (_("unload of library matching %s"), self
->regex
);
7897 msg
= xstrdup (_("unload of library"));
7899 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", msg
);
7902 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
7903 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type",
7904 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7908 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7910 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7912 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7913 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7917 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7919 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7921 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
7922 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7923 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7925 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
);
7926 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
7929 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7931 /* Shared helper function (MI and CLI) for creating and installing
7932 a shared object event catchpoint. If IS_LOAD is non-zero then
7933 the events to be caught are load events, otherwise they are
7934 unload events. If IS_TEMP is non-zero the catchpoint is a
7935 temporary one. If ENABLED is non-zero the catchpoint is
7936 created in an enabled state. */
7939 add_solib_catchpoint (char *arg
, int is_load
, int is_temp
, int enabled
)
7941 struct solib_catchpoint
*c
;
7942 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7943 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
7947 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7949 c
= XCNEW (struct solib_catchpoint
);
7950 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, c
);
7956 errcode
= regcomp (&c
->compiled
, arg
, REG_NOSUB
);
7959 char *err
= get_regcomp_error (errcode
, &c
->compiled
);
7961 make_cleanup (xfree
, err
);
7962 error (_("Invalid regexp (%s): %s"), err
, arg
);
7964 c
->regex
= xstrdup (arg
);
7967 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7968 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
7969 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7971 c
->base
.enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7973 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
7974 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
7977 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7981 catch_load_or_unload (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7982 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7985 const int enabled
= 1;
7987 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7989 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, tempflag
, enabled
);
7993 catch_load_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7994 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7996 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
8000 catch_unload_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
8001 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
8003 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
8006 /* An instance of this type is used to represent a syscall catchpoint.
8007 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8008 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8009 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8010 CATCH_SYSCALL_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8012 struct syscall_catchpoint
8014 /* The base class. */
8015 struct breakpoint base
;
8017 /* Syscall numbers used for the 'catch syscall' feature. If no
8018 syscall has been specified for filtering, its value is NULL.
8019 Otherwise, it holds a list of all syscalls to be caught. The
8020 list elements are allocated with xmalloc. */
8021 VEC(int) *syscalls_to_be_caught
;
8024 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8028 dtor_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8030 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8032 VEC_free (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
);
8034 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8037 static const struct inferior_data
*catch_syscall_inferior_data
= NULL
;
8039 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
8041 /* We keep a count of the number of times the user has requested a
8042 particular syscall to be tracked, and pass this information to the
8043 target. This lets capable targets implement filtering directly. */
8045 /* Number of times that "any" syscall is requested. */
8046 int any_syscall_count
;
8048 /* Count of each system call. */
8049 VEC(int) *syscalls_counts
;
8051 /* This counts all syscall catch requests, so we can readily determine
8052 if any catching is necessary. */
8053 int total_syscalls_count
;
8056 static struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*
8057 get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (struct inferior
*inf
)
8059 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
;
8061 inf_data
= inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8062 if (inf_data
== NULL
)
8064 inf_data
= XZALLOC (struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
);
8065 set_inferior_data (inf
, catch_syscall_inferior_data
, inf_data
);
8072 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup (struct inferior
*inf
, void *arg
)
8078 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8082 insert_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8084 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8085 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8086 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8087 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8089 ++inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8090 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8091 ++inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8097 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8102 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8104 int old_size
= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
8105 uintptr_t vec_addr_offset
8106 = old_size
* ((uintptr_t) sizeof (int));
8108 VEC_safe_grow (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
+ 1);
8109 vec_addr
= ((uintptr_t) VEC_address (int,
8110 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
)
8112 memset ((void *) vec_addr
, 0,
8113 (iter
+ 1 - old_size
) * sizeof (int));
8115 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8116 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, ++elem
);
8120 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8121 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8122 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8124 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8126 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8129 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8133 remove_catch_syscall (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8135 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8136 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
8137 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
8138 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
8140 --inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
;
8141 if (!c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8142 --inf_data
->any_syscall_count
;
8148 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8152 if (iter
>= VEC_length (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
))
8153 /* Shouldn't happen. */
8155 elem
= VEC_index (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
);
8156 VEC_replace (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
, iter
, --elem
);
8160 return target_set_syscall_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
),
8161 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0,
8162 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
,
8164 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
),
8166 inf_data
->syscalls_counts
));
8169 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8173 breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8174 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8175 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8177 /* We must check if we are catching specific syscalls in this
8178 breakpoint. If we are, then we must guarantee that the called
8179 syscall is the same syscall we are catching. */
8180 int syscall_number
= 0;
8181 const struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
8182 = (const struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8184 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8185 && ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN
)
8188 syscall_number
= ws
->value
.syscall_number
;
8190 /* Now, checking if the syscall is the same. */
8191 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8196 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8198 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
8208 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8211 static enum print_stop_action
8212 print_it_catch_syscall (bpstat bs
)
8214 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8215 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8216 /* These are needed because we want to know in which state a
8217 syscall is. It can be in the TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8218 or TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_RETURN, and depending on it we
8219 must print "called syscall" or "returned from syscall". */
8221 struct target_waitstatus last
;
8224 get_last_target_status (&ptid
, &last
);
8226 get_syscall_by_number (last
.value
.syscall_number
, &s
);
8228 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8230 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8231 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8233 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8234 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8236 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8237 async_reason_lookup (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8238 ? EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_ENTRY
8239 : EXEC_ASYNC_SYSCALL_RETURN
));
8240 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8242 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8244 if (last
.kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_SYSCALL_ENTRY
)
8245 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (call to syscall ");
8247 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (returned from syscall ");
8249 if (s
.name
== NULL
|| ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8250 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "syscall-number", last
.value
.syscall_number
);
8252 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "syscall-name", s
.name
);
8254 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8256 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8259 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8263 print_one_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8264 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8266 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8267 struct value_print_options opts
;
8268 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8270 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8271 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
8272 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
8274 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8275 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8278 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
8279 && VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8280 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscalls \"");
8282 ui_out_text (uiout
, "syscall \"");
8284 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8287 char *text
= xstrprintf ("%s", "");
8290 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8295 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8298 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%s, ", text
, s
.name
);
8300 text
= xstrprintf ("%s%d, ", text
, iter
);
8302 /* We have to xfree the last 'text' (now stored at 'x')
8303 because xstrprintf dynamically allocates new space for it
8307 /* Remove the last comma. */
8308 text
[strlen (text
) - 2] = '\0';
8309 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", text
);
8312 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "<any syscall>");
8313 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8315 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8316 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "syscall");
8319 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8323 print_mention_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8325 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8327 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8331 if (VEC_length (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
) > 1)
8332 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscalls"), b
->number
);
8334 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (syscall"), b
->number
);
8337 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8341 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8344 printf_filtered (" '%s' [%d]", s
.name
, s
.number
);
8346 printf_filtered (" %d", s
.number
);
8348 printf_filtered (")");
8351 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (any syscall)"),
8355 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for syscall
8359 print_recreate_catch_syscall (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8361 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) b
;
8363 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch syscall");
8365 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
8370 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
8375 get_syscall_by_number (iter
, &s
);
8377 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", s
.name
);
8379 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %d", s
.number
);
8382 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8385 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in syscall catchpoints. */
8387 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
8389 /* Returns non-zero if 'b' is a syscall catchpoint. */
8392 syscall_catchpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8394 return (b
->ops
== &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
8397 /* Initialize a new breakpoint of the bp_catchpoint kind. If TEMPFLAG
8398 is non-zero, then make the breakpoint temporary. If COND_STRING is
8399 not NULL, then store it in the breakpoint. OPS, if not NULL, is
8400 the breakpoint_ops structure associated to the catchpoint. */
8403 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8404 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, int tempflag
,
8406 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8408 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8411 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
8413 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
8415 b
->cond_string
= (cond_string
== NULL
) ? NULL
: xstrdup (cond_string
);
8416 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
8420 install_breakpoint (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
, int update_gll
)
8422 add_to_breakpoint_chain (b
);
8423 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
8424 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
8425 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
8428 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
8431 update_global_location_list (1);
8435 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8436 int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
8437 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8439 struct fork_catchpoint
*c
= XNEW (struct fork_catchpoint
);
8441 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
, ops
);
8443 c
->forked_inferior_pid
= null_ptid
;
8445 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8448 /* Exec catchpoints. */
8450 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an exec catchpoint.
8451 It includes a "struct breakpoint" as a kind of base class; users
8452 downcast to "struct breakpoint *" when needed. A breakpoint is
8453 really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
8454 CATCH_EXEC_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
8456 struct exec_catchpoint
8458 /* The base class. */
8459 struct breakpoint base
;
8461 /* Filename of a program whose exec triggered this catchpoint.
8462 This field is only valid immediately after this catchpoint has
8464 char *exec_pathname
;
8467 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8471 dtor_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8473 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8475 xfree (c
->exec_pathname
);
8477 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (b
);
8481 insert_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8483 return target_insert_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8487 remove_catch_exec (struct bp_location
*bl
)
8489 return target_remove_exec_catchpoint (PIDGET (inferior_ptid
));
8493 breakpoint_hit_catch_exec (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
8494 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
8495 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
8497 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
8499 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_EXECD
)
8502 c
->exec_pathname
= xstrdup (ws
->value
.execd_pathname
);
8506 static enum print_stop_action
8507 print_it_catch_exec (bpstat bs
)
8509 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8510 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
8511 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8513 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
8514 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
8515 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary catchpoint ");
8517 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nCatchpoint ");
8518 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8520 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
8521 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_EXEC
));
8522 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
8524 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
8525 ui_out_text (uiout
, " (exec'd ");
8526 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "new-exec", c
->exec_pathname
);
8527 ui_out_text (uiout
, "), ");
8529 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
8533 print_one_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
8535 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
= (struct exec_catchpoint
*) b
;
8536 struct value_print_options opts
;
8537 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
8539 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
8541 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
8542 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
8543 is relatively readable). */
8544 if (opts
.addressprint
)
8545 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
8547 ui_out_text (uiout
, "exec");
8548 if (c
->exec_pathname
!= NULL
)
8550 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", program \"");
8551 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", c
->exec_pathname
);
8552 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\" ");
8555 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
8556 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "exec");
8560 print_mention_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8562 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (exec)"), b
->number
);
8565 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for exec
8569 print_recreate_catch_exec (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
8571 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "catch exec");
8572 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
8575 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
8578 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (int tempflag
, VEC(int) *filter
,
8579 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8581 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
;
8582 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
8584 c
= XNEW (struct syscall_catchpoint
);
8585 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, NULL
, ops
);
8586 c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
= filter
;
8588 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
8592 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
8595 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8596 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8600 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8601 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8603 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
8605 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8612 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8616 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8619 struct bp_location
*bl
;
8621 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8624 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
8626 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8628 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8634 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8635 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8636 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8637 types _not_ TYPE. */
8640 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8641 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8644 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8646 *other_type_used
= 0;
8651 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8654 if (b
->type
== type
)
8655 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8656 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8657 *other_type_used
= 1;
8664 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8666 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8670 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8672 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8673 update_global_location_list (0);
8679 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8681 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8685 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8687 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8688 update_global_location_list (1);
8694 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8696 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8697 update_global_location_list (0);
8701 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8703 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8704 breakpoint_re_set ();
8708 /* Set a breakpoint that will evaporate an end of command
8709 at address specified by SAL.
8710 Restrict it to frame FRAME if FRAME is nonzero. */
8713 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8714 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8716 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8718 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8720 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8722 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8723 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8724 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8725 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8727 /* If we're debugging a multi-threaded program, then we want
8728 momentary breakpoints to be active in only a single thread of
8730 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
8731 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
8733 update_global_location_list_nothrow (1);
8738 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8739 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, and use OPS as it
8742 static struct breakpoint
*
8743 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8745 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
8747 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8749 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8750 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8751 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
, 1);
8753 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8754 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8755 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8756 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8757 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8758 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8760 if (orig
->loc
->source_file
!= NULL
)
8761 copy
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (orig
->loc
->source_file
);
8763 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8764 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8765 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8766 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8768 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8769 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8770 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8772 update_global_location_list_nothrow (0);
8776 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8780 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8782 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8786 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
);
8790 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8793 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8795 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8797 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8798 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8800 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8804 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8807 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8809 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8810 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
8812 printf_filtered ("\n");
8816 static struct bp_location
*
8817 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8818 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8820 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8821 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8822 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8824 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8825 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8827 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8828 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8829 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8830 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8831 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8832 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8833 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8836 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8837 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8841 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8842 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8843 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8844 loc
->probe
= sal
->probe
;
8845 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8846 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8847 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8849 if (sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
8850 loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal
->symtab
->filename
);
8851 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8853 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
,
8854 sal
->explicit_pc
|| sal
->explicit_line
);
8859 /* Return 1 if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8860 return 0 otherwise. */
8863 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8867 const gdb_byte
*bpoint
;
8868 gdb_byte
*target_mem
;
8869 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
8872 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8874 addr
= loc
->address
;
8875 bpoint
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (loc
->gdbarch
, &addr
, &len
);
8877 /* Software breakpoints unsupported? */
8881 target_mem
= alloca (len
);
8883 /* Enable the automatic memory restoration from breakpoints while
8884 we read the memory. Otherwise we could say about our temporary
8885 breakpoints they are permanent. */
8886 cleanup
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
8888 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8889 make_show_memory_breakpoints_cleanup (0);
8891 if (target_read_memory (loc
->address
, target_mem
, len
) == 0
8892 && memcmp (target_mem
, bpoint
, len
) == 0)
8895 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
8900 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8901 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8904 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8906 char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
;
8907 char *printf_line
= NULL
;
8912 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8914 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8916 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8918 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8920 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8921 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8923 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8924 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8925 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8927 if (!dprintf_function
)
8928 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8930 if (dprintf_channel
&& strlen (dprintf_channel
) > 0)
8931 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8936 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8940 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8942 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8943 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8946 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8947 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8951 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8952 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8954 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8955 /* Manufacture a printf/continue sequence. */
8957 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
, *cont_cmd_line
= NULL
;
8959 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) != 0)
8961 cont_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8962 cont_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8963 cont_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8964 cont_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8965 cont_cmd_line
->next
= NULL
;
8966 cont_cmd_line
->line
= xstrdup ("continue");
8969 printf_cmd_line
= xmalloc (sizeof (struct command_line
));
8970 printf_cmd_line
->control_type
= simple_control
;
8971 printf_cmd_line
->body_count
= 0;
8972 printf_cmd_line
->body_list
= NULL
;
8973 printf_cmd_line
->next
= cont_cmd_line
;
8974 printf_cmd_line
->line
= printf_line
;
8976 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, printf_cmd_line
);
8980 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8981 current style settings. */
8984 update_dprintf_commands (char *args
, int from_tty
,
8985 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8987 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8991 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8992 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8996 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use ADDR_STRING
8997 as textual description of the location, and COND_STRING
8998 as condition expression. */
9001 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9002 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9003 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9005 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9006 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9007 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9008 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9009 int display_canonical
)
9013 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
9015 int target_resources_ok
;
9017 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9018 target_resources_ok
=
9019 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9021 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
9022 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
9023 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
9024 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9027 gdb_assert (sals
.nelts
> 0);
9029 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
9031 struct symtab_and_line sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
9032 struct bp_location
*loc
;
9036 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
9038 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
9040 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
9041 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
9046 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
9050 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9051 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
9052 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9053 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9054 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
9056 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9057 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
9059 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
9061 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
9062 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
9064 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
9066 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
9067 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
9068 char *p
= &addr_string
[3];
9072 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9074 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9076 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9077 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= marker_str
;
9079 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9081 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9083 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
9085 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
9086 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
9088 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
9090 t
->static_trace_marker_id
);
9093 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
9094 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
9101 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
9102 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
9106 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
9107 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
9111 char *arg
= b
->cond_string
;
9112 loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
9113 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
9115 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), arg
);
9118 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
9119 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
9120 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
9122 if (b
->extra_string
)
9123 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
9125 error (_("Format string required"));
9127 else if (b
->extra_string
)
9128 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
);
9131 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
9133 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
9135 /* addr_string has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete
9138 = xstrprintf ("*%s", paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
));
9143 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9144 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, char *addr_string
,
9145 char *filter
, char *cond_string
,
9147 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9148 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9149 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9150 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
9151 int display_canonical
)
9153 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9154 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9156 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
9158 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9160 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9164 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9166 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, b
);
9168 init_breakpoint_sal (b
, gdbarch
,
9170 filter
, cond_string
, extra_string
,
9172 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
9174 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9176 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
9178 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9181 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
9182 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
9183 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
9184 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
9185 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
9186 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
9187 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
9188 we take just a single condition string.
9190 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
9191 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
9192 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
9193 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
9194 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
9197 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9198 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
9199 char *cond_string
, char *extra_string
,
9200 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
9201 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
9202 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
9203 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
9206 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9208 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
9209 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
) == 1);
9211 for (i
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, i
, lsal
); ++i
)
9213 /* Note that 'addr_string' can be NULL in the case of a plain
9214 'break', without arguments. */
9215 char *addr_string
= (canonical
->addr_string
9216 ? xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
)
9218 char *filter_string
= lsal
->canonical
? xstrdup (lsal
->canonical
) : NULL
;
9219 struct cleanup
*inner
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
9221 make_cleanup (xfree
, filter_string
);
9222 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
->sals
,
9225 cond_string
, extra_string
,
9227 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9228 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
9229 canonical
->special_display
);
9230 discard_cleanups (inner
);
9234 /* Parse ADDRESS which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
9235 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
9236 addresses found. ADDR_STRING contains a vector of (canonical)
9237 address strings. ADDRESS points to the end of the SAL.
9239 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
9240 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
9243 parse_breakpoint_sals (char **address
,
9244 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
9246 /* If no arg given, or if first arg is 'if ', use the default
9248 if ((*address
) == NULL
9249 || (strncmp ((*address
), "if", 2) == 0 && isspace ((*address
)[2])))
9251 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default breakpoint
9253 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
9255 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9256 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
9259 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
9260 lsal
.sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
9261 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
9263 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
9264 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
9265 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
9266 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
9267 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
9268 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
9270 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
9272 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
9273 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
9274 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
9275 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
9276 instances with the same symtab and line. */
9278 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
9280 lsal
.sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
9281 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9282 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
9284 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
9287 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
9291 struct symtab_and_line cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
9293 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
9294 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
9295 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
9296 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
9298 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
9299 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
9300 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
9302 || ((strchr ("+-", (*address
)[0]) != NULL
)
9303 && ((*address
)[1] != '['))))
9304 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9305 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
9306 get_last_displayed_line (),
9307 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9309 decode_line_full (address
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
9310 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
9315 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
9316 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
9319 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9323 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9324 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
->sals
[i
]);
9327 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
9328 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
9329 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
9330 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
9331 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
9335 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9336 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
9339 struct symtab_and_line
*sal
;
9341 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9343 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
->nelts
; i
++)
9345 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
9347 sal
= &sals
->sals
[i
];
9349 sarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
9350 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
9351 associated with SAL. */
9354 rslt
= gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
->pc
,
9356 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, msg
);
9359 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at 0x%s%s"),
9360 paddress (sarch
, sal
->pc
), (msg
? msg
: ""));
9362 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9366 /* Issue an invalid thread ID error. */
9368 static void ATTRIBUTE_NORETURN
9369 invalid_thread_id_error (int id
)
9371 error (_("Unknown thread %d."), id
);
9374 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
9375 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
9376 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
9377 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
9378 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
9379 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
9382 find_condition_and_thread (char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
9383 char **cond_string
, int *thread
, int *task
,
9386 *cond_string
= NULL
;
9395 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
9396 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
9398 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
9400 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
9402 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9406 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
9408 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
9410 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
9412 struct expression
*expr
;
9414 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
9415 expr
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
9418 *cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
9420 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
9426 *thread
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
9428 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
9429 if (!valid_thread_id (*thread
))
9430 invalid_thread_id_error (*thread
);
9432 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
9438 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tok
, 0);
9440 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
9441 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
9442 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
9446 *rest
= savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
));
9450 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
9454 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
9456 static struct symtabs_and_lines
9457 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (char **arg_p
)
9459 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
= NULL
;
9460 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
9461 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9462 char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
9467 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
9469 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
9471 marker_str
= savestring (p
, endp
- p
);
9472 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, marker_str
);
9474 markers
= target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
);
9475 if (VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
9476 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"), marker_str
);
9478 sals
.nelts
= VEC_length(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
);
9479 sals
.sals
= xmalloc (sizeof *sals
.sals
* sals
.nelts
);
9481 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
9483 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*marker
;
9485 marker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, i
);
9487 init_sal (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
9489 sals
.sals
[i
] = find_pc_line (marker
->address
, 0);
9490 sals
.sals
[i
].pc
= marker
->address
;
9492 release_static_tracepoint_marker (marker
);
9495 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9501 /* Set a breakpoint. This function is shared between CLI and MI
9502 functions for setting a breakpoint. This function has two major
9503 modes of operations, selected by the PARSE_CONDITION_AND_THREAD
9504 parameter. If non-zero, the function will parse arg, extracting
9505 breakpoint location, address and thread. Otherwise, ARG is just
9506 the location of breakpoint, with condition and thread specified by
9507 the COND_STRING and THREAD parameters. If INTERNAL is non-zero,
9508 the breakpoint number will be allocated from the internal
9509 breakpoint count. Returns true if any breakpoint was created;
9513 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
9514 char *arg
, char *cond_string
,
9515 int thread
, char *extra_string
,
9516 int parse_condition_and_thread
,
9517 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
9519 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
9520 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
9521 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
9524 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
9525 char *copy_arg
= NULL
;
9526 char *addr_start
= arg
;
9527 struct linespec_result canonical
;
9528 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
9529 struct cleanup
*bkpt_chain
= NULL
;
9532 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9534 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9536 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9538 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
9540 ops
->create_sals_from_address (&arg
, &canonical
, type_wanted
,
9541 addr_start
, ©_arg
);
9544 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set value. */
9548 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
))
9554 case NOT_FOUND_ERROR
:
9556 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9559 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9560 throw_exception (e
);
9562 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9564 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9565 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9566 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9567 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9568 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9571 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9572 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9573 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9574 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9576 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
9578 copy_arg
= xstrdup (addr_start
);
9579 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (copy_arg
);
9580 lsal
.sals
.nelts
= 1;
9581 lsal
.sals
.sals
= XNEW (struct symtab_and_line
);
9582 init_sal (&lsal
.sals
.sals
[0]);
9584 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, &lsal
);
9588 throw_exception (e
);
9592 throw_exception (e
);
9595 /* Create a chain of things that always need to be cleaned up. */
9596 old_chain
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
9598 /* ----------------------------- SNIP -----------------------------
9599 Anything added to the cleanup chain beyond this point is assumed
9600 to be part of a breakpoint. If the breakpoint create succeeds
9601 then the memory is not reclaimed. */
9602 bkpt_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, 0);
9604 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9605 are ok for the target. */
9609 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9611 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9612 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (&iter
->sals
);
9615 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9616 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9619 struct linespec_sals
*iter
;
9621 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, ix
, iter
); ++ix
)
9622 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, &iter
->sals
);
9625 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9626 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9630 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
9632 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
9634 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9637 /* Here we only parse 'arg' to separate condition
9638 from thread number, so parsing in context of first
9639 sal is OK. When setting the breakpoint we'll
9640 re-parse it in context of each sal. */
9642 find_condition_and_thread (arg
, lsal
->sals
.sals
[0].pc
, &cond_string
,
9643 &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9645 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9647 make_cleanup (xfree
, rest
);
9649 extra_string
= rest
;
9653 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9656 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9657 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9659 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9662 extra_string
= xstrdup (extra_string
);
9663 make_cleanup (xfree
, extra_string
);
9667 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
, lsal
,
9668 cond_string
, extra_string
, type_wanted
,
9669 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9670 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9671 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9675 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9677 make_cleanup (xfree
, copy_arg
);
9679 if (is_tracepoint_type (type_wanted
))
9681 struct tracepoint
*t
;
9683 t
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
9687 b
= XNEW (struct breakpoint
);
9689 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9691 b
->addr_string
= copy_arg
;
9692 if (parse_condition_and_thread
)
9693 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9696 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9699 cond_string
= xstrdup (cond_string
);
9700 make_cleanup (xfree
, cond_string
);
9702 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
9704 b
->extra_string
= NULL
;
9705 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9706 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9707 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9708 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9709 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9710 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9711 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9713 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 0);
9716 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 1)
9718 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9719 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9720 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9723 /* That's it. Discard the cleanups for data inserted into the
9725 discard_cleanups (bkpt_chain
);
9726 /* But cleanup everything else. */
9727 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9729 /* error call may happen here - have BKPT_CHAIN already discarded. */
9730 update_global_location_list (1);
9735 /* Set a breakpoint.
9736 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9737 condition, and thread.
9738 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9739 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9743 break_command_1 (char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9745 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9746 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9747 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9749 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
9750 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
9752 /* Matching breakpoints on probes. */
9753 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
) != NULL
)
9754 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
9756 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
9758 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9760 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9761 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9762 0 /* Ignore count */,
9763 pending_break_support
,
9771 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9774 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9778 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9780 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9781 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9782 sal
->line
, sal
->symtab
->filename
);
9785 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9786 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9787 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9788 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9791 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9793 struct blockvector
*bv
;
9797 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
, sal
->symtab
);
9800 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9803 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile
);
9804 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (sym
);
9808 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9809 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9810 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9811 happen in assembly source). */
9813 struct minimal_symbol
*msym
;
9814 struct cleanup
*old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
9816 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9818 msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9820 sal
->section
= SYMBOL_OBJ_SECTION (msym
);
9822 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
9829 break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9831 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9835 tbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9837 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9841 hbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9843 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9847 thbreak_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9849 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9853 stop_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9855 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9856 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9857 stop at <line>\n"));
9861 stopin_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9865 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
)
9867 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9872 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9873 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9874 function/method name. */
9875 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9877 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9882 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9884 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9888 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9890 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9894 stopat_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9898 if (arg
== (char *) NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9905 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9906 it is probably a line number. */
9907 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9909 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9914 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9916 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9920 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at <line>\n"));
9922 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9925 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9926 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9927 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9931 dprintf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9933 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9935 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
9937 0 /* Ignore count */,
9938 pending_break_support
,
9939 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9947 agent_printf_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9949 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9952 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9953 ranged breakpoints. */
9956 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9957 struct address_space
*aspace
,
9959 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
9961 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9962 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9965 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9966 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9969 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9970 ranged breakpoints. */
9973 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9975 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9978 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9979 ranged breakpoints. */
9981 static enum print_stop_action
9982 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat bs
)
9984 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9985 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9986 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9988 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9990 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9991 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9993 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9994 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9995 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary ranged breakpoint ");
9997 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nRanged breakpoint ");
9998 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10000 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
10001 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
10002 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
10004 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
10005 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
10007 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
10010 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
10011 ranged breakpoints. */
10014 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10015 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
10017 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10018 struct value_print_options opts
;
10019 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10021 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
10022 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
10024 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
10026 if (opts
.addressprint
)
10027 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
10028 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
10029 ui_out_field_skip (uiout
, "addr");
10030 annotate_field (5);
10031 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
10035 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10036 ranged breakpoints. */
10039 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10040 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10042 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
10043 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10044 struct ui_file
*stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10045 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10049 address_start
= bl
->address
;
10050 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
10052 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\taddress range: ");
10053 fprintf_unfiltered (stb
, "[%s, %s]",
10054 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
10055 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
10056 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "addr", stb
);
10057 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10059 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
10062 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10063 ranged breakpoints. */
10066 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10068 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
10069 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10072 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
10074 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10077 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
10078 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
10079 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
10082 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10083 ranged breakpoints. */
10086 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10088 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s", b
->addr_string
,
10089 b
->addr_string_range_end
);
10090 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10093 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
10095 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
10097 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
10098 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
10099 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
10100 last instruction of the given line. */
10103 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
10107 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
10108 find the address of the end of the given location. */
10109 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
10116 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
10118 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10120 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
10127 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
10130 break_range_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10132 char *arg_start
, *addr_string_start
, *addr_string_end
;
10133 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
10134 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
10136 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10137 struct symtab_and_line sal_start
, sal_end
;
10138 struct cleanup
*cleanup_bkpt
;
10139 struct linespec_sals
*lsal_start
, *lsal_end
;
10141 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
10142 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
10143 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
10145 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
10146 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
10147 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
10149 if (can_use_bp
< 0)
10150 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
10152 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10153 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
10154 error(_("No address range specified."));
10156 init_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10159 parse_breakpoint_sals (&arg
, &canonical_start
);
10161 cleanup_bkpt
= make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_start
);
10164 error (_("Too few arguments."));
10165 else if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
))
10166 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
10168 lsal_start
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
, 0);
10170 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_start
.sals
) > 1
10171 || lsal_start
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10172 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10174 sal_start
= lsal_start
->sals
.sals
[0];
10175 addr_string_start
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10176 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_start
);
10178 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
10179 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10181 /* Parse the end location. */
10183 init_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10186 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
10187 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
10188 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
10189 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
10190 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
10191 decode_line_full (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10192 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
10193 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
10195 make_cleanup_destroy_linespec_result (&canonical_end
);
10197 if (VEC_empty (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
))
10198 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
10200 lsal_end
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
, 0);
10201 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical_end
.sals
) > 1
10202 || lsal_end
->sals
.nelts
!= 1)
10203 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
10205 sal_end
= lsal_end
->sals
.sals
[0];
10206 addr_string_end
= savestring (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
10207 make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string_end
);
10209 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
10210 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
10211 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
10213 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
10215 /* Length overflowed. */
10216 error (_("Address range too large."));
10217 else if (length
== 1)
10219 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
10220 the `hbreak' command. */
10221 hbreak_command (addr_string_start
, 1);
10223 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10228 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
10229 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
10230 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
10231 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
10232 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
10233 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10234 b
->addr_string
= xstrdup (addr_string_start
);
10235 b
->addr_string_range_end
= xstrdup (addr_string_end
);
10236 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
10238 do_cleanups (cleanup_bkpt
);
10241 observer_notify_breakpoint_created (b
);
10242 update_global_location_list (1);
10245 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
10246 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
10247 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
10251 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
10253 int i
= exp
->nelts
;
10259 /* We are only interested in the descriptor of each element. */
10260 operator_length (exp
, i
, &oplenp
, &argsp
);
10263 switch (exp
->elts
[i
].opcode
)
10273 case BINOP_LOGICAL_AND
:
10274 case BINOP_LOGICAL_OR
:
10275 case BINOP_BITWISE_AND
:
10276 case BINOP_BITWISE_IOR
:
10277 case BINOP_BITWISE_XOR
:
10279 case BINOP_NOTEQUAL
:
10307 case OP_OBJC_NSSTRING
:
10310 case UNOP_LOGICAL_NOT
:
10311 case UNOP_COMPLEMENT
:
10316 case UNOP_CAST_TYPE
:
10317 case UNOP_REINTERPRET_CAST
:
10318 case UNOP_DYNAMIC_CAST
:
10319 /* Unary, binary and ternary operators: We have to check
10320 their operands. If they are constant, then so is the
10321 result of that operation. For instance, if A and B are
10322 determined to be constants, then so is "A + B".
10324 UNOP_IND is one exception to the rule above, because the
10325 value of *ADDR is not necessarily a constant, even when
10330 /* Check whether the associated symbol is a constant.
10332 We use SYMBOL_CLASS rather than TYPE_CONST because it's
10333 possible that a buggy compiler could mark a variable as
10334 constant even when it is not, and TYPE_CONST would return
10335 true in this case, while SYMBOL_CLASS wouldn't.
10337 We also have to check for function symbols because they
10338 are always constant. */
10340 struct symbol
*s
= exp
->elts
[i
+ 2].symbol
;
10342 if (SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_BLOCK
10343 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST
10344 && SYMBOL_CLASS (s
) != LOC_CONST_BYTES
)
10349 /* The default action is to return 0 because we are using
10350 the optimistic approach here: If we don't know something,
10351 then it is not a constant. */
10360 /* Implement the "dtor" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10363 dtor_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*self
)
10365 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) self
;
10367 xfree (w
->cond_exp
);
10369 xfree (w
->exp_string
);
10370 xfree (w
->exp_string_reparse
);
10371 value_free (w
->val
);
10373 base_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
10376 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
10379 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10381 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10383 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
10384 variables, or it can be on local variables.
10386 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
10387 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
10388 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
10389 are loaded and unloaded.
10391 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
10392 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
10393 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
10394 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
10395 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
10396 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
10398 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
10399 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
10400 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
10401 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
10403 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
10404 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
10406 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
10407 reevaluated again when enabled. */
10408 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
10411 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10414 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10416 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10417 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10419 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10423 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
10426 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10428 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10429 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10431 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
10436 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
10437 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
10438 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
10440 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
10441 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10443 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
10444 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
10445 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
10446 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
10447 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
10448 (did not match the data address). */
10449 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
10450 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
10457 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10459 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
10461 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
10464 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10465 hardware watchpoints. */
10468 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10470 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10471 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
10473 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
10476 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10477 hardware watchpoints. */
10480 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10482 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
10483 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10486 static enum print_stop_action
10487 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10489 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
10490 struct breakpoint
*b
;
10491 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
10492 struct ui_file
*stb
;
10493 enum print_stop_action result
;
10494 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10495 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10497 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
10499 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
10500 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10501 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10503 stb
= mem_fileopen ();
10504 old_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (stb
);
10508 case bp_watchpoint
:
10509 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10510 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10511 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10512 ui_out_field_string
10514 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10516 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10517 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10518 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10519 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10520 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10521 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10522 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10523 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10524 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10525 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10528 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10529 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10530 ui_out_field_string
10532 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10534 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10535 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10536 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10537 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "value", stb
);
10538 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10539 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10542 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10543 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
10545 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10546 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10547 ui_out_field_string
10549 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10551 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10552 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nOld value = ");
10553 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
, stb
);
10554 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "old", stb
);
10555 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nNew value = ");
10560 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10561 ui_out_field_string
10563 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10564 make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "value");
10565 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nValue = ");
10567 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
, stb
);
10568 ui_out_field_stream (uiout
, "new", stb
);
10569 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10570 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10573 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10576 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
10580 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
10584 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10586 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10587 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10588 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10592 case bp_watchpoint
:
10593 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Watchpoint ");
10594 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10596 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10597 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware watchpoint ");
10598 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10600 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10601 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware read watchpoint ");
10602 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10604 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10605 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10606 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10609 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10610 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10613 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10614 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10615 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10616 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10619 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10623 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10625 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10629 case bp_watchpoint
:
10630 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10631 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10633 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10634 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10636 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10637 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10640 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10641 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
10644 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
);
10645 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10648 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
10650 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10652 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
10653 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10656 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10658 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10660 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10661 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10664 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
10665 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10668 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
10670 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10672 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
10673 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
10676 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
10677 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10680 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10682 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10684 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10687 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10688 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10691 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10696 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10697 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10699 static enum print_stop_action
10700 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat bs
)
10702 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10703 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10705 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10706 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10710 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10711 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10712 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10713 ui_out_field_string
10715 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10718 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10719 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10720 ui_out_field_string
10722 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10725 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10726 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
10727 ui_out_field_string
10729 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10732 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10733 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10737 ui_out_text (uiout
, _("\n\
10738 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10739 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10740 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10742 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10743 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10746 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10747 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10750 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10751 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10753 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10755 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10756 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10758 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmask ");
10759 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10760 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
10763 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10764 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10767 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10769 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10770 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10771 struct cleanup
*ui_out_chain
;
10775 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10776 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10777 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "wpt");
10779 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10780 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10781 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-rwpt");
10783 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10784 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10785 ui_out_chain
= make_cleanup_ui_out_tuple_begin_end (uiout
, "hw-awpt");
10788 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10789 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10792 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "number", b
->number
);
10793 ui_out_text (uiout
, ": ");
10794 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "exp", w
->exp_string
);
10795 do_cleanups (ui_out_chain
);
10798 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10799 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10802 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10804 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10809 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10810 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10812 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10813 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10815 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10816 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10819 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10820 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10823 sprintf_vma (tmp
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10824 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
, tmp
);
10825 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10828 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10830 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10832 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10835 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10837 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10840 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10841 hw_read: watch read,
10842 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10844 watch_command_1 (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10845 int just_location
, int internal
)
10847 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
10848 struct breakpoint
*b
, *scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10849 struct expression
*exp
;
10850 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10851 struct value
*val
, *mark
, *result
;
10852 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10853 char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10854 char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10855 char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10857 char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10858 char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10859 enum bptype bp_type
;
10862 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10863 the hardware watchpoint. */
10865 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10866 struct watchpoint
*w
;
10868 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10869 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10873 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10874 of the arguments string. */
10875 for (tok
= arg
+ strlen (arg
) - 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10877 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10878 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10881 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10882 This is the value of the parameter. */
10883 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10885 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10887 /* Skip whitespace. */
10888 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10893 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10894 This is the parameter itself. */
10895 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10898 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10900 if (toklen
== 6 && !strncmp (tok
, "thread", 6))
10902 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10903 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10904 only in a specific thread. */
10908 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10910 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10911 thread
= strtol (value_start
, &endp
, 0);
10913 /* Check if the user provided a valid numeric value for the
10915 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10916 error (_("Invalid thread ID specification %s."), value_start
);
10918 /* Check if the thread actually exists. */
10919 if (!valid_thread_id (thread
))
10920 invalid_thread_id_error (thread
);
10922 else if (toklen
== 4 && !strncmp (tok
, "mask", 4))
10924 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10925 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10927 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10930 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10932 use_mask
= just_location
= 1;
10934 mark
= value_mark ();
10935 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10936 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10937 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10940 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10943 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10944 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10949 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. */
10950 innermost_block
= NULL
;
10952 exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0);
10954 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10955 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10957 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10960 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10961 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
))
10965 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10966 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10968 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10971 exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
10972 mark
= value_mark ();
10973 fetch_subexp_value (exp
, &pc
, &val
, &result
, NULL
);
10979 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10980 val
= value_addr (result
);
10981 release_value (val
);
10982 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10986 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
),
10989 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10990 else if (ret
== -2)
10991 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10994 else if (val
!= NULL
)
10995 release_value (val
);
10997 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10998 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
11000 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
11001 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
11003 struct expression
*cond
;
11005 innermost_block
= NULL
;
11006 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
11007 cond
= parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0);
11009 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
11010 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
11011 cond_exp_valid_block
= innermost_block
;
11017 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
11019 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
11020 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
11021 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
11022 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
11024 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
11026 frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
11028 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
11029 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
11030 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
11031 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
11032 if (exp_valid_block
&& frame
)
11034 if (frame_id_p (frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
)))
11037 = create_internal_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11038 frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
),
11039 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
11040 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
11042 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11044 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
11045 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
11047 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
11048 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11050 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
11051 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
11052 = frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
11053 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
11054 = frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11055 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
11056 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11057 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
11058 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
11062 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
11064 w
= XCNEW (struct watchpoint
);
11067 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11068 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11070 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, NULL
, bp_type
,
11071 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
11072 b
->thread
= thread
;
11073 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
11074 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
11076 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
11077 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
11080 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
);
11081 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
);
11084 t
= check_typedef (TYPE_TARGET_TYPE (check_typedef (t
)));
11085 name
= type_to_string (t
);
11087 w
->exp_string_reparse
= xstrprintf ("* (%s *) %s", name
,
11088 core_addr_to_string (addr
));
11091 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
11092 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
11094 /* The above expression is in C. */
11095 b
->language
= language_c
;
11098 w
->exp_string
= savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
);
11102 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
11111 b
->cond_string
= savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
);
11113 b
->cond_string
= 0;
11117 w
->watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (frame
);
11118 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
11122 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
11123 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
11126 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
11128 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
11129 need to act on them together. */
11130 b
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
11131 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
11134 if (!just_location
)
11135 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
11137 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
11139 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
11140 that should be inserted. */
11141 update_watchpoint (w
, 1);
11145 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11146 throw_exception (e
);
11149 install_breakpoint (internal
, b
, 1);
11152 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
11153 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
11156 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (struct value
*v
)
11158 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
11159 struct value
*head
= v
;
11161 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
11162 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
11165 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
11166 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
11167 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
11168 hardware watchpoint.
11170 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
11171 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
11172 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
11173 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
11174 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
11175 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
11176 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
11177 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
11178 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
11180 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
11181 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
11182 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
11183 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
11184 for (; v
; v
= value_next (v
))
11186 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
11188 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
11189 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
11190 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
11191 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
11192 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
11193 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
11197 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
11198 it with hardware watchpoints. */
11199 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
11201 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
11202 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
11203 middle of some value chain. */
11205 || (TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
11206 && TYPE_CODE (vtype
) != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
11208 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
11212 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
11213 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
11214 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
11216 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
11220 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
11224 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
11225 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
11226 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
11227 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
11228 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
11231 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
11232 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
11233 return found_memory_cnt
;
11237 watch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11239 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11242 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
11243 calls watch_command_1. */
11246 watch_maybe_just_location (char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
11248 int just_location
= 0;
11251 && (check_for_argument (&arg
, "-location", sizeof ("-location") - 1)
11252 || check_for_argument (&arg
, "-l", sizeof ("-l") - 1)))
11254 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11258 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, just_location
, 0);
11262 watch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11264 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
11268 rwatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11270 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11274 rwatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11276 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
11280 awatch_command_wrapper (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int internal
)
11282 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
11286 awatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11288 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
11292 /* Helper routines for the until_command routine in infcmd.c. Here
11293 because it uses the mechanisms of breakpoints. */
11295 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
11297 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11298 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
;
11302 /* This function is called by fetch_inferior_event via the
11303 cmd_continuation pointer, to complete the until command. It takes
11304 care of cleaning up the temporary breakpoints set up by the until
11307 until_break_command_continuation (void *arg
, int err
)
11309 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*a
= arg
;
11311 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint
);
11312 if (a
->breakpoint2
)
11313 delete_breakpoint (a
->breakpoint2
);
11314 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (a
->thread_num
);
11318 until_break_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
11320 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11321 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11322 struct frame_info
*frame
;
11323 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
11324 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
11325 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
11326 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
;
11327 struct breakpoint
*breakpoint2
= NULL
;
11328 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
11330 struct thread_info
*tp
;
11332 clear_proceed_status ();
11334 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
11337 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
11338 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11339 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
11340 get_last_displayed_line ());
11342 sals
= decode_line_1 (&arg
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
11343 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0);
11345 if (sals
.nelts
!= 1)
11346 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
11348 sal
= sals
.sals
[0];
11349 xfree (sals
.sals
); /* malloc'd, so freed. */
11352 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11354 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
11356 tp
= inferior_thread ();
11359 old_chain
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11361 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
11362 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
11363 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
11366 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
11367 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
11368 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
11369 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
11371 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
11374 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
11376 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
11378 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
11379 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
11380 breakpoint2
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
),
11384 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint2
);
11386 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
11387 make_cleanup (delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
, &thread
);
11390 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
11394 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location,
11395 we don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. */
11396 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11397 null_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11399 /* Otherwise, specify the selected frame, because we want to stop
11400 only at the very same frame. */
11401 breakpoint
= set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
11402 stack_frame_id
, bp_until
);
11403 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (breakpoint
);
11405 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
, 0);
11407 /* If we are running asynchronously, and proceed call above has
11408 actually managed to start the target, arrange for breakpoints to
11409 be deleted when the target stops. Otherwise, we're already
11410 stopped and delete breakpoints via cleanup chain. */
11412 if (target_can_async_p () && is_running (inferior_ptid
))
11414 struct until_break_command_continuation_args
*args
;
11415 args
= xmalloc (sizeof (*args
));
11417 args
->breakpoint
= breakpoint
;
11418 args
->breakpoint2
= breakpoint2
;
11419 args
->thread_num
= thread
;
11421 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
11422 add_continuation (inferior_thread (),
11423 until_break_command_continuation
, args
,
11427 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
11430 /* This function attempts to parse an optional "if <cond>" clause
11431 from the arg string. If one is not found, it returns NULL.
11433 Else, it returns a pointer to the condition string. (It does not
11434 attempt to evaluate the string against a particular block.) And,
11435 it updates arg to point to the first character following the parsed
11436 if clause in the arg string. */
11439 ep_parse_optional_if_clause (char **arg
)
11443 if (((*arg
)[0] != 'i') || ((*arg
)[1] != 'f') || !isspace ((*arg
)[2]))
11446 /* Skip the "if" keyword. */
11449 /* Skip any extra leading whitespace, and record the start of the
11450 condition string. */
11451 *arg
= skip_spaces (*arg
);
11452 cond_string
= *arg
;
11454 /* Assume that the condition occupies the remainder of the arg
11456 (*arg
) += strlen (cond_string
);
11458 return cond_string
;
11461 /* Commands to deal with catching events, such as signals, exceptions,
11462 process start/exit, etc. */
11466 catch_fork_temporary
, catch_vfork_temporary
,
11467 catch_fork_permanent
, catch_vfork_permanent
11472 catch_fork_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11473 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11475 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11476 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11477 catch_fork_kind fork_kind
;
11480 fork_kind
= (catch_fork_kind
) (uintptr_t) get_cmd_context (command
);
11481 tempflag
= (fork_kind
== catch_fork_temporary
11482 || fork_kind
== catch_vfork_temporary
);
11486 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11488 /* The allowed syntax is:
11490 catch [v]fork if <cond>
11492 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11493 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11495 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11496 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11498 /* If this target supports it, create a fork or vfork catchpoint
11499 and enable reporting of such events. */
11502 case catch_fork_temporary
:
11503 case catch_fork_permanent
:
11504 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11505 &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
);
11507 case catch_vfork_temporary
:
11508 case catch_vfork_permanent
:
11509 create_fork_vfork_event_catchpoint (gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11510 &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
);
11513 error (_("unsupported or unknown fork kind; cannot catch it"));
11519 catch_exec_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11520 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11522 struct exec_catchpoint
*c
;
11523 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11525 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11527 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11531 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11533 /* The allowed syntax is:
11535 catch exec if <cond>
11537 First, check if there's an if clause. */
11538 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11540 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11541 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11543 c
= XNEW (struct exec_catchpoint
);
11544 init_catchpoint (&c
->base
, gdbarch
, tempflag
, cond_string
,
11545 &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
);
11546 c
->exec_pathname
= NULL
;
11548 install_breakpoint (0, &c
->base
, 1);
11551 static enum print_stop_action
11552 print_it_exception_catchpoint (bpstat bs
)
11554 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11555 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
11556 int bp_temp
, bp_throw
;
11558 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
11560 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11561 if (b
->loc
->address
!= b
->loc
->requested_address
)
11562 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (b
->loc
->requested_address
,
11565 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11566 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11567 bp_temp
? "Temporary catchpoint "
11569 if (!ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11570 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11571 ui_out_text (uiout
,
11572 bp_throw
? " (exception thrown), "
11573 : " (exception caught), ");
11574 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11576 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
11577 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
11578 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
11579 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11581 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
11585 print_one_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11586 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
11588 struct value_print_options opts
;
11589 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11591 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
11592 if (opts
.addressprint
)
11594 annotate_field (4);
11595 if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
11596 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "addr", "<PENDING>");
11598 ui_out_field_core_addr (uiout
, "addr",
11599 b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
);
11601 annotate_field (5);
11603 *last_loc
= b
->loc
;
11604 if (strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
)
11606 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception throw");
11607 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11608 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "throw");
11612 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "what", "exception catch");
11613 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
11614 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "catch-type", "catch");
11619 print_mention_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11621 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
11625 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11626 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11627 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_temp
? _("Temporary catchpoint ")
11628 : _("Catchpoint "));
11629 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
11630 ui_out_text (uiout
, bp_throw
? _(" (throw)")
11634 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for throw and
11635 catch catchpoints. */
11638 print_recreate_exception_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11639 struct ui_file
*fp
)
11644 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
11645 bp_throw
= strstr (b
->addr_string
, "throw") != NULL
;
11646 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_temp
? "tcatch " : "catch ");
11647 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, bp_throw
? "throw" : "catch");
11648 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
11651 static struct breakpoint_ops gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
11654 handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (int tempflag
, char *cond_string
,
11655 enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, int from_tty
)
11657 char *trigger_func_name
;
11659 if (ex_event
== EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11660 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_begin_catch";
11662 trigger_func_name
= "__cxa_throw";
11664 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
11665 trigger_func_name
, cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
11666 0 /* condition and thread are valid. */,
11667 tempflag
, bp_breakpoint
,
11669 AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE
/* pending */,
11670 &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
, from_tty
,
11678 /* Deal with "catch catch" and "catch throw" commands. */
11681 catch_exception_command_1 (enum exception_event_kind ex_event
, char *arg
,
11682 int tempflag
, int from_tty
)
11684 char *cond_string
= NULL
;
11688 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11690 cond_string
= ep_parse_optional_if_clause (&arg
);
11692 if ((*arg
!= '\0') && !isspace (*arg
))
11693 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
11695 if (ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_THROW
11696 && ex_event
!= EX_EVENT_CATCH
)
11697 error (_("Unsupported or unknown exception event; cannot catch it"));
11699 if (handle_gnu_v3_exceptions (tempflag
, cond_string
, ex_event
, from_tty
))
11702 warning (_("Unsupported with this platform/compiler combination."));
11705 /* Implementation of "catch catch" command. */
11708 catch_catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11710 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11712 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_CATCH
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11715 /* Implementation of "catch throw" command. */
11718 catch_throw_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
, struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11720 int tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11722 catch_exception_command_1 (EX_EVENT_THROW
, arg
, tempflag
, from_tty
);
11726 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11727 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11728 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
11730 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
11736 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
11738 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
11740 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
11741 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
11742 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
11743 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
11744 used for different exception names will use the same address.
11745 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
11746 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
11747 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
11748 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
11749 enough for now, though. */
11752 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_breakpoint
, ops
);
11754 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
11755 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
11756 b
->addr_string
= addr_string
;
11757 b
->language
= language_ada
;
11760 /* Splits the argument using space as delimiter. Returns an xmalloc'd
11761 filter list, or NULL if no filtering is required. */
11763 catch_syscall_split_args (char *arg
)
11765 VEC(int) *result
= NULL
;
11766 struct cleanup
*cleanup
= make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (int), &result
);
11768 while (*arg
!= '\0')
11770 int i
, syscall_number
;
11772 char cur_name
[128];
11775 /* Skip whitespace. */
11776 while (isspace (*arg
))
11779 for (i
= 0; i
< 127 && arg
[i
] && !isspace (arg
[i
]); ++i
)
11780 cur_name
[i
] = arg
[i
];
11781 cur_name
[i
] = '\0';
11784 /* Check if the user provided a syscall name or a number. */
11785 syscall_number
= (int) strtol (cur_name
, &endptr
, 0);
11786 if (*endptr
== '\0')
11787 get_syscall_by_number (syscall_number
, &s
);
11790 /* We have a name. Let's check if it's valid and convert it
11792 get_syscall_by_name (cur_name
, &s
);
11794 if (s
.number
== UNKNOWN_SYSCALL
)
11795 /* Here we have to issue an error instead of a warning,
11796 because GDB cannot do anything useful if there's no
11797 syscall number to be caught. */
11798 error (_("Unknown syscall name '%s'."), cur_name
);
11801 /* Ok, it's valid. */
11802 VEC_safe_push (int, result
, s
.number
);
11805 discard_cleanups (cleanup
);
11809 /* Implement the "catch syscall" command. */
11812 catch_syscall_command_1 (char *arg
, int from_tty
,
11813 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
11818 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
11820 /* Checking if the feature if supported. */
11821 if (gdbarch_get_syscall_number_p (gdbarch
) == 0)
11822 error (_("The feature 'catch syscall' is not supported on \
11823 this architecture yet."));
11825 tempflag
= get_cmd_context (command
) == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
11827 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
11829 /* We need to do this first "dummy" translation in order
11830 to get the syscall XML file loaded or, most important,
11831 to display a warning to the user if there's no XML file
11832 for his/her architecture. */
11833 get_syscall_by_number (0, &s
);
11835 /* The allowed syntax is:
11837 catch syscall <name | number> [<name | number> ... <name | number>]
11839 Let's check if there's a syscall name. */
11842 filter
= catch_syscall_split_args (arg
);
11846 create_syscall_event_catchpoint (tempflag
, filter
,
11847 &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
);
11851 catch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11853 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11858 tcatch_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11860 error (_("Catch requires an event name."));
11863 /* A qsort comparison function that sorts breakpoints in order. */
11866 compare_breakpoints (const void *a
, const void *b
)
11868 const breakpoint_p
*ba
= a
;
11869 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) *ba
;
11870 const breakpoint_p
*bb
= b
;
11871 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) *bb
;
11873 if ((*ba
)->number
< (*bb
)->number
)
11875 else if ((*ba
)->number
> (*bb
)->number
)
11878 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
11882 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
11885 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
11888 clear_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
11890 struct breakpoint
*b
, *prev
;
11891 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *found
= 0;
11894 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
;
11895 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
11897 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (null_cleanup
, NULL
);
11901 sals
= decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
11902 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
11903 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
11904 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11909 sals
.sals
= (struct symtab_and_line
*)
11910 xmalloc (sizeof (struct symtab_and_line
));
11911 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
11912 init_sal (&sal
); /* Initialize to zeroes. */
11914 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
11915 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
11916 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
11917 get_last_displayed_sal (&sal
);
11918 if (sal
.symtab
== 0)
11919 error (_("No source file specified."));
11921 sals
.sals
[0] = sal
;
11927 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
11928 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
11929 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
11930 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
11932 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
11933 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
11934 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
11935 due to optimization, all in one block.
11937 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
11938 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
11939 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
11940 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
11941 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
11942 to support that. */
11944 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
11945 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
11946 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
11950 make_cleanup (VEC_cleanup (breakpoint_p
), &found
);
11951 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; i
++)
11955 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
11956 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
11957 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
11960 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
11965 1 0 <can't happen> */
11967 sal
= sals
.sals
[i
];
11968 is_abs
= sal
.symtab
== NULL
? 1 : IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
);
11970 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
11971 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
11974 /* Are we going to delete b? */
11975 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
11977 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11978 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11980 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
11981 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
11982 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
11984 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
11985 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
11986 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
11987 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
11988 int line_match
= 0;
11990 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
11991 && loc
->source_file
!= NULL
11992 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
11993 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11994 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
)
11996 if (filename_cmp (loc
->source_file
,
11997 sal
.symtab
->filename
) == 0)
11999 else if (!IS_ABSOLUTE_PATH (sal
.symtab
->filename
)
12000 && compare_filenames_for_search (loc
->source_file
,
12001 sal
.symtab
->filename
))
12005 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
12014 VEC_safe_push(breakpoint_p
, found
, b
);
12018 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
12019 if (VEC_empty(breakpoint_p
, found
))
12022 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
12024 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
12027 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
12028 qsort (VEC_address (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12029 VEC_length (breakpoint_p
, found
),
12030 sizeof (breakpoint_p
),
12031 compare_breakpoints
);
12032 prev
= VEC_index (breakpoint_p
, found
, 0);
12033 for (ix
= 1; VEC_iterate (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ++ix
)
12037 VEC_ordered_remove (breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
);
12042 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) > 1)
12043 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
12046 if (VEC_length(breakpoint_p
, found
) == 1)
12047 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
12049 printf_unfiltered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
12052 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate(breakpoint_p
, found
, ix
, b
); ix
++)
12055 printf_unfiltered ("%d ", b
->number
);
12056 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12059 putchar_unfiltered ('\n');
12061 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12064 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
12065 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
12066 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
12069 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat bs
)
12071 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
12073 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12074 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
12075 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
12077 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
12079 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
12081 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
12082 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12086 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
12087 qsort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
12088 does breakpoint_address_is_meaningful say for its OWNER),
12089 secondarily by ordering first bp_permanent OWNERed elements and
12090 terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted stable way despite
12091 qsort being an unstable algorithm. */
12094 bp_location_compare (const void *ap
, const void *bp
)
12096 struct bp_location
*a
= *(void **) ap
;
12097 struct bp_location
*b
= *(void **) bp
;
12098 /* A and B come from existing breakpoints having non-NULL OWNER. */
12099 int a_perm
= a
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12100 int b_perm
= b
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
;
12102 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12103 return (a
->address
> b
->address
) - (a
->address
< b
->address
);
12105 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
12106 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
12109 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
12110 return ((a
->pspace
->num
> b
->pspace
->num
)
12111 - (a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
));
12113 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
12114 if (a_perm
!= b_perm
)
12115 return (a_perm
< b_perm
) - (a_perm
> b_perm
);
12117 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
12118 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
12119 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
12121 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
12122 return ((a
->owner
->number
> b
->owner
->number
)
12123 - (a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
));
12125 return (a
> b
) - (a
< b
);
12128 /* Set bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max and
12129 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
12130 content of the bp_location array. */
12133 bp_location_target_extensions_update (void)
12135 struct bp_location
*bl
, **blp_tmp
;
12137 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
12138 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
12140 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (bl
, blp_tmp
)
12142 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
12144 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
12147 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
12148 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
12150 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
12151 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
12152 if (addr
> bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
)
12153 bp_location_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
12155 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
12157 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
12158 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
12159 if (addr
> bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
12160 bp_location_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
12164 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
12167 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
12169 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12170 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
12172 if (!target_can_download_tracepoint ())
12175 old_chain
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
12177 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
12179 struct bp_location
*bl
;
12180 struct tracepoint
*t
;
12181 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
12183 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
12184 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
12185 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
12188 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
; bl
= bl
->next
)
12190 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
12191 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
12192 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
12193 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
12196 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
12198 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
12201 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
12203 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12204 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
12205 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
12206 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
12209 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
12212 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
12215 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
12217 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
12218 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
12219 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
12220 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
12222 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
12223 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
12224 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
12225 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
12226 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
12228 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
12229 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
12230 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
12231 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
12232 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
12233 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
12234 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
12235 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
12238 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
12239 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
12240 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
12244 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12246 struct bp_location
**locp
= NULL
, **loc2p
;
12247 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12248 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
12251 address
= bl
->address
;
12252 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
12254 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
12255 evaluating conditions and if the user has
12256 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
12258 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
12259 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
12262 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
12263 the same program space as the location
12264 as "its condition has changed". We need to
12265 update the conditions on the target's side. */
12266 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS_AT_ADDR (loc2p
, locp
, address
)
12270 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
12271 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
12274 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
12275 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
12276 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
12277 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
12278 that have already been marked. */
12279 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
12281 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
12283 if (loc
->cond_bytecode
)
12285 free_agent_expr (loc
->cond_bytecode
);
12286 loc
->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
12291 /* If SHOULD_INSERT is false, do not insert any breakpoint locations
12292 into the inferior, only remove already-inserted locations that no
12293 longer should be inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or
12294 breakpoints should pass false, so that deleting a breakpoint
12295 doesn't have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
12296 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
12297 returns true on them.
12299 This behaviour is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
12300 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but breakpoint
12301 shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT* be restored
12302 to the new image; or before detaching, where the target still has
12303 execution and wants to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists, and all
12304 breakpoints had already been removed from the inferior. */
12307 update_global_location_list (int should_insert
)
12309 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12310 struct bp_location
**locp
, *loc
;
12311 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
12312 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
12313 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
12314 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
12315 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
12317 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
12318 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
12319 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
12320 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
12321 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
12323 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
12324 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
12325 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
12326 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
12328 /* Saved former bp_location array which we compare against the newly
12329 built bp_location from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
12330 struct bp_location
**old_location
, **old_locp
;
12331 unsigned old_location_count
;
12333 old_location
= bp_location
;
12334 old_location_count
= bp_location_count
;
12335 bp_location
= NULL
;
12336 bp_location_count
= 0;
12337 cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, old_location
);
12339 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12340 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12341 bp_location_count
++;
12343 bp_location
= xmalloc (sizeof (*bp_location
) * bp_location_count
);
12344 locp
= bp_location
;
12345 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
12346 for (loc
= b
->loc
; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12348 qsort (bp_location
, bp_location_count
, sizeof (*bp_location
),
12349 bp_location_compare
);
12351 bp_location_target_extensions_update ();
12353 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
12354 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
12355 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
12356 if there's another location at the same address (previously
12357 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
12360 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
12361 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
12363 locp
= bp_location
;
12364 for (old_locp
= old_location
; old_locp
< old_location
+ old_location_count
;
12367 struct bp_location
*old_loc
= *old_locp
;
12368 struct bp_location
**loc2p
;
12370 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
12371 not, we have to free it. */
12372 int found_object
= 0;
12373 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
12374 int keep_in_target
= 0;
12377 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
12378 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
12379 while (locp
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12380 && (*locp
)->address
< old_loc
->address
)
12384 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12385 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12388 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
12389 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
12390 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
12392 if ((*loc2p
)->condition_changed
== condition_modified
12393 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
12394 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
12396 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (*loc2p
);
12397 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
12400 if (*loc2p
== old_loc
)
12404 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
12405 have to go through updates again. */
12406 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
12408 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
12410 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
12412 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
12413 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
12414 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
12415 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
12416 at certain location is not inserted. */
12418 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
12420 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
12423 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
12425 /* The location is still present in the location list,
12426 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
12427 keep_in_target
= 1;
12431 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
12432 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
12433 remove its target-side condition. */
12435 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
12436 disabled. See if there's another location at the
12437 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
12438 this one from the target. */
12440 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
12441 if (breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
))
12444 (loc2p
< bp_location
+ bp_location_count
12445 && (*loc2p
)->address
== old_loc
->address
);
12448 struct bp_location
*loc2
= *loc2p
;
12450 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
12452 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
12453 access watchpoints, if the former are not
12454 supported, but the latter are. */
12455 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12457 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
12458 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
12461 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
12462 if it should be inserted in case it will be
12464 if (loc2
!= old_loc
12465 && unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
12467 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
12468 keep_in_target
= 1;
12476 if (!keep_in_target
)
12478 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
, mark_uninserted
))
12480 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
12481 this location on the global list, and try to
12482 remove it next time, but there's no particular
12483 reason why we will succeed next time.
12485 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
12486 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
12487 only after calling us. */
12488 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
12489 "breakpoint %d\n"),
12490 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
12498 if (removed
&& non_stop
12499 && breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
->owner
)
12500 && !is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
12502 /* This location was removed from the target. In
12503 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
12504 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
12505 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
12506 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
12507 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
12508 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
12509 after we see some number of events. The theory here
12510 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
12511 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
12512 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
12513 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
12514 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
12515 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
12518 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
12519 decr_pc_after_break targets.
12521 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
12522 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
12523 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
12524 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
12525 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
12526 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
12527 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
12528 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
12529 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
12530 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
12531 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
12532 targets that do not support new thread events, like
12533 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
12536 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
12537 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
12538 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
12539 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
12541 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
12542 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
12543 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
12544 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
12545 traps we can no longer explain. */
12547 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 3 * (thread_count () + 1);
12548 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12550 VEC_safe_push (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, old_loc
);
12554 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
12555 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
12560 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
12561 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
12562 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
12563 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
12564 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
12565 are sorted first for the same address.
12567 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
12568 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
12570 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12571 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12572 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12573 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
12574 ALL_BP_LOCATIONS (loc
, locp
)
12576 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
12578 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
12581 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
12582 || !breakpoint_address_is_meaningful (b
)
12583 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
12584 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
12585 `struct bp_location'. */
12586 || is_tracepoint (b
))
12588 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12589 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12593 /* Permanent breakpoint should always be inserted. */
12594 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& ! loc
->inserted
)
12595 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12596 _("allegedly permanent breakpoint is not "
12597 "actually inserted"));
12599 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
12600 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
12601 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
12602 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
12603 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
12604 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
12606 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
12608 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
12609 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
12610 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
12612 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
12613 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
12615 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
12617 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
12618 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12619 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12625 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
12626 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
12627 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
12629 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
12630 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
12632 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
12633 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
12635 if ((*loc_first_p
)->owner
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
&& loc
->inserted
12636 && b
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
12637 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12638 _("another breakpoint was inserted on top of "
12639 "a permanent breakpoint"));
12642 if (breakpoints_always_inserted_mode ()
12643 && (have_live_inferiors ()
12644 || (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))))
12647 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
12650 /* Though should_insert is false, we may need to update conditions
12651 on the target's side if it is evaluating such conditions. We
12652 only update conditions for locations that are marked
12654 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
12659 download_tracepoint_locations ();
12661 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
12665 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
12667 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12670 for (ix
= 0; VEC_iterate (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
, loc
); ++ix
)
12671 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
12673 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
12674 VEC_unordered_remove (bp_location_p
, moribund_locations
, ix
);
12680 update_global_location_list_nothrow (int inserting
)
12682 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
12684 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
12685 update_global_location_list (inserting
);
12688 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
12691 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12695 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
12696 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
12698 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
12699 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
12700 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
12704 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
12706 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
12708 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= data
;
12710 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
12714 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
12718 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12720 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12721 struct value_print_options opts
;
12723 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
12725 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
12727 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
12729 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."), b
->addr_string
);
12733 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->source_file
== NULL
)
12735 printf_filtered (" at ");
12736 fputs_filtered (paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
, b
->loc
->address
),
12739 if (b
->loc
->source_file
)
12741 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
12743 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
12744 printf_filtered (": file %s, line %d.",
12745 b
->loc
->source_file
, b
->loc
->line_number
);
12747 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
12748 different file name, and this at least reflects the
12749 real situation somewhat. */
12750 printf_filtered (": %s.", b
->addr_string
);
12755 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
12757 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
12759 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
12764 /* Default bp_location_ops methods. */
12767 bp_location_dtor (struct bp_location
*self
)
12769 xfree (self
->cond
);
12770 if (self
->cond_bytecode
)
12771 free_agent_expr (self
->cond_bytecode
);
12772 xfree (self
->function_name
);
12773 xfree (self
->source_file
);
12776 static const struct bp_location_ops bp_location_ops
=
12781 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods all breakpoint_ops ultimately
12785 base_breakpoint_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12787 decref_counted_command_line (&self
->commands
);
12788 xfree (self
->cond_string
);
12789 xfree (self
->addr_string
);
12790 xfree (self
->filter
);
12791 xfree (self
->addr_string_range_end
);
12794 static struct bp_location
*
12795 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
12797 struct bp_location
*loc
;
12799 loc
= XNEW (struct bp_location
);
12800 init_bp_location (loc
, &bp_location_ops
, self
);
12805 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12807 /* Nothing to re-set. */
12810 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
12811 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
12814 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12816 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12820 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12822 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12826 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12827 struct address_space
*aspace
,
12829 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12831 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12835 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat bs
)
12840 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12844 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
12846 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12849 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
12853 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12855 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12858 static enum print_stop_action
12859 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat bs
)
12861 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12865 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12866 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12872 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12874 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12878 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12880 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12884 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
12885 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12886 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12890 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12894 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12895 struct linespec_result
*c
,
12896 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
12898 char *extra_string
,
12899 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12900 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12902 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12903 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
12904 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12905 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12907 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12911 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
12912 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
12914 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
12917 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
12919 static enum bpstat_signal_value
12920 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12922 return BPSTAT_SIGNAL_HIDE
;
12925 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
12927 base_breakpoint_dtor
,
12928 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
12929 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
12930 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
12931 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
12932 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
12933 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
12934 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
12935 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
12936 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
12938 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
12939 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
12940 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
12941 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_address
,
12942 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
12943 base_breakpoint_decode_linespec
,
12944 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
12947 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
12950 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12952 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
12953 if (b
->addr_string
== NULL
)
12955 /* Anything without a string can't be re-set. */
12956 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12960 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12964 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12966 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12967 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12970 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
12975 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12977 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
12978 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12980 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
12984 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12985 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12986 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
12988 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
12990 if (ws
->kind
!= TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
12991 || ws
->value
.sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
12994 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
12998 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
12999 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
13000 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
13007 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
13009 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
13014 static enum print_stop_action
13015 bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13017 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13018 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
13020 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13022 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
13024 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
;
13025 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13027 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
13028 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
13029 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
13032 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
13034 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nTemporary breakpoint ");
13036 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\nBreakpoint ");
13037 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13039 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "reason",
13040 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
13041 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
13043 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "bkptno", b
->number
);
13044 ui_out_text (uiout
, ", ");
13046 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
13050 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13052 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13057 case bp_breakpoint
:
13058 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
13059 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13060 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
13062 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
13063 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13064 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
13065 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
13067 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
13068 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
13071 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
13079 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13081 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13082 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
13083 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
13084 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
13085 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
13086 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
13087 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
13088 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13089 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
13091 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13092 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
13094 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->addr_string
);
13095 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
13099 bkpt_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13100 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13101 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13102 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13104 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13105 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13109 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13110 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13111 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13113 char *extra_string
,
13114 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13115 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13117 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13118 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13119 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13120 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13122 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13123 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13125 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13126 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13127 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13131 bkpt_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13132 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13134 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13137 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
13140 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13144 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
13145 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
13146 case bp_overlay_event
:
13147 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13148 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13149 case bp_exception_master
:
13150 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13153 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
13154 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
13155 case bp_shlib_event
:
13157 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
13158 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
13159 case bp_thread_event
:
13165 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13167 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
13169 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
13170 events. This allows the user to get control and place
13171 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
13172 objects (among other things). */
13173 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13174 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
13180 static enum print_stop_action
13181 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13183 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13184 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13186 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13190 case bp_shlib_event
:
13191 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
13192 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
13193 to shlib event" message.) */
13194 print_solib_event (0);
13197 case bp_thread_event
:
13198 /* Not sure how we will get here.
13199 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
13200 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13203 case bp_overlay_event
:
13204 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
13205 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13208 case bp_longjmp_master
:
13209 /* These should never be enabled. */
13210 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
13213 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
13214 /* These should never be enabled. */
13215 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
13216 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13219 case bp_exception_master
:
13220 /* These should never be enabled. */
13221 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
13222 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
13226 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
13230 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13232 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13235 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
13238 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13240 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
13241 over a dlopen call and SOLIB_ADD is resetting the breakpoints.
13242 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
13243 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
13247 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat bs
)
13249 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
13252 static enum print_stop_action
13253 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat bs
)
13255 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13257 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13259 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
13264 ui_out_field_string
13266 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_FUNCTION_FINISHED
));
13270 ui_out_field_string
13272 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
));
13277 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
13281 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13283 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
13286 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
13288 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
13289 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
13292 longjmp_bkpt_dtor (struct breakpoint
*self
)
13294 struct thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_id (self
->thread
);
13297 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
13299 momentary_breakpoint_ops
.dtor (self
);
13302 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
13305 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13307 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
13311 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
13313 bl
->probe
->pops
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13320 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
13322 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
13323 bl
->probe
->pops
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
, bl
->gdbarch
);
13325 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
);
13329 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13330 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13331 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13332 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13334 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13336 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (arg
, canonical
);
13338 *copy_arg
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13339 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13341 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13345 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13346 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13348 *sals
= parse_probes (s
, NULL
);
13350 error (_("probe not found"));
13353 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
13356 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13358 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
13362 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
13363 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
13364 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
13366 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
13372 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
13373 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
13375 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13376 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
)
13378 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
13380 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\tmarker id is ");
13381 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
13382 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13383 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13388 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13390 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (current_uiout
))
13395 case bp_tracepoint
:
13396 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
13397 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13399 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
13400 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
13401 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13403 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
13404 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
13405 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
13408 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13409 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
13416 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
13418 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
13420 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
13421 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
13422 if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
13423 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
13424 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
13425 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
13427 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
13428 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
13430 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->addr_string
);
13431 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
13433 if (tp
->pass_count
)
13434 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
13438 tracepoint_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13439 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13440 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13441 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13443 create_sals_from_address_default (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13444 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13448 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13449 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13450 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13452 char *extra_string
,
13453 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13454 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13456 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13457 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13458 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13459 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13461 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
, lsal
,
13462 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13464 disposition
, thread
, task
,
13465 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13466 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13470 tracepoint_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13471 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13473 decode_linespec_default (b
, s
, sals
);
13476 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
13478 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be use on tracepoints placed in a
13482 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13483 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13484 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13485 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13487 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13488 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address (arg
, canonical
, type_wanted
,
13489 addr_start
, copy_arg
);
13493 tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13494 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13496 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
13497 bkpt_probe_decode_linespec (b
, s
, sals
);
13500 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
13502 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
13506 strace_marker_create_sals_from_address (char **arg
,
13507 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13508 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13509 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
13511 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
13513 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (arg
);
13515 *copy_arg
= savestring (addr_start
, *arg
- addr_start
);
13517 canonical
->addr_string
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13518 lsal
.canonical
= xstrdup (*copy_arg
);
13519 VEC_safe_push (linespec_sals
, canonical
->sals
, &lsal
);
13523 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13524 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13525 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
13527 char *extra_string
,
13528 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13529 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13531 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13532 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13533 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13534 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13538 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
13539 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
13540 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
13541 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
13542 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
13543 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
13545 for (i
= 0; i
< lsal
->sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
13547 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
;
13548 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
13549 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
13552 expanded
.nelts
= 1;
13553 expanded
.sals
= &lsal
->sals
.sals
[i
];
13555 addr_string
= xstrdup (canonical
->addr_string
);
13556 old_chain
= make_cleanup (xfree
, addr_string
);
13558 tp
= XCNEW (struct tracepoint
);
13559 init_breakpoint_sal (&tp
->base
, gdbarch
, expanded
,
13561 cond_string
, extra_string
,
13562 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13563 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
13564 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
13565 canonical
->special_display
);
13566 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
13567 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
13568 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
13569 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
13570 try to match up which of the newly found markers
13571 corresponds to this one */
13572 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
13574 install_breakpoint (internal
, &tp
->base
, 0);
13576 discard_cleanups (old_chain
);
13581 strace_marker_decode_linespec (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
13582 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
13584 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13586 *sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (s
);
13587 if (sals
->nelts
> tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
13589 sals
->sals
[0] = sals
->sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
13593 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13596 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13599 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13601 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
13604 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
13608 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13610 struct breakpoint
*b
;
13612 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
13614 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
13615 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
13618 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
13619 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
13620 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
13621 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
13622 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
13625 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
13626 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
13627 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
13628 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
13630 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
13633 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
13634 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
13635 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
13637 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13638 struct watchpoint
*w
;
13640 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13641 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13642 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13643 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13647 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
13649 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
13650 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
13651 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
13652 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
13653 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
13656 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
13657 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
13658 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
13659 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
13661 observer_notify_breakpoint_deleted (bpt
);
13663 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
13664 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
13666 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13667 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
13669 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
13673 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
13675 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
13676 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
13677 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
13678 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
13679 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
13680 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
13681 commands won't work. */
13683 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
13685 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
13686 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
13687 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
13688 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
13689 might be better design to have location completely
13690 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
13691 update_global_location_list (0);
13693 bpt
->ops
->dtor (bpt
);
13694 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
13695 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
13696 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
13701 do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup (void *b
)
13703 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13707 make_cleanup_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13709 return make_cleanup (do_delete_breakpoint_cleanup
, b
);
13712 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
13713 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
13716 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13717 void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
13721 struct breakpoint
*related
;
13726 struct breakpoint
*next
;
13728 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
13729 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
13731 if (next
== related
)
13733 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
13734 function (related
, data
);
13736 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
13737 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
13742 function (related
, data
);
13746 while (related
!= b
);
13750 do_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13752 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13755 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
13756 delete_breakpoint. */
13759 do_map_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
13761 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13765 delete_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
13767 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
13773 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
13775 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
13776 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
13777 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
13778 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
13779 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13781 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
13785 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
13787 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
13789 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
13790 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
13791 delete_breakpoint (b
);
13795 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
13799 all_locations_are_pending (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13801 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
13802 if (!loc
->shlib_disabled
13803 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13808 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
13809 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
13810 Null names are ignored. */
13813 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
13815 struct bp_location
*l
;
13816 htab_t htab
= htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
,
13817 (int (*) (const void *,
13818 const void *)) streq
,
13819 NULL
, xcalloc
, xfree
);
13821 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
13824 const char *name
= l
->function_name
;
13826 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
13830 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
, (const void *) name
,
13832 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
13836 htab_delete (htab
);
13842 htab_delete (htab
);
13846 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
13847 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
13848 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
13849 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
13850 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
13851 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
13852 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
13853 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
13856 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
13857 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
13858 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
13859 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
13860 in the sources, and output a warning.
13862 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
13863 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
13864 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
13865 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
13866 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
13869 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
13870 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
13871 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
13872 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
13873 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
13874 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
13875 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
13876 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
13877 precisely because it confuses tools). */
13879 static struct symtab_and_line
13880 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
13882 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
13883 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
13888 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
13890 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
13892 if (strcmp (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
) != 0)
13893 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
13895 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
, marker
.str_id
);
13897 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13898 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (marker
.str_id
);
13899 release_static_tracepoint_marker (&marker
);
13904 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
13906 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
13908 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
13909 && tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= NULL
)
13911 VEC(static_tracepoint_marker_p
) *markers
;
13914 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13916 if (!VEC_empty(static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
))
13918 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
13919 struct symbol
*sym
;
13920 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
13921 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
13923 tpmarker
= VEC_index (static_tracepoint_marker_p
, markers
, 0);
13925 xfree (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13926 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= xstrdup (tpmarker
->str_id
);
13928 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
13929 "found at previous line number"),
13930 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
);
13934 sal2
.pc
= tpmarker
->address
;
13936 sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
13937 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
13938 ui_out_text (uiout
, "Now in ");
13941 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "func",
13942 SYMBOL_PRINT_NAME (sym
));
13943 ui_out_text (uiout
, " at ");
13945 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "file", sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13946 ui_out_text (uiout
, ":");
13948 if (ui_out_is_mi_like_p (uiout
))
13950 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
13952 ui_out_field_string (uiout
, "fullname", fullname
);
13955 ui_out_field_int (uiout
, "line", sal2
.line
);
13956 ui_out_text (uiout
, "\n");
13958 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
13960 xfree (b
->loc
->source_file
);
13962 b
->loc
->source_file
= xstrdup (sal2
.symtab
->filename
);
13964 b
->loc
->source_file
= NULL
;
13966 xfree (b
->addr_string
);
13967 b
->addr_string
= xstrprintf ("%s:%d",
13968 sal2
.symtab
->filename
,
13969 b
->loc
->line_number
);
13971 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
13974 release_static_tracepoint_marker (tpmarker
);
13980 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
13981 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
13984 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
13988 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
13991 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
13994 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
14001 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
14007 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software breakpoint)
14008 based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not zero, then B is
14009 a ranged breakpoint. */
14012 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
14013 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
,
14014 struct symtabs_and_lines sals_end
)
14017 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
= b
->loc
;
14019 if (sals_end
.nelts
!= 0 && (sals
.nelts
!= 1 || sals_end
.nelts
!= 1))
14021 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
14023 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14024 update_global_location_list (1);
14025 printf_unfiltered (_("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
14026 "multiple locations found\n"),
14031 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
14032 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
14033 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
14034 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
14035 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
14036 individual locations. */
14037 if (all_locations_are_pending (existing_locations
) && sals
.nelts
== 0)
14042 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14044 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
14046 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sals
.sals
[i
].pspace
);
14048 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &(sals
.sals
[i
]));
14050 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
14052 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
14055 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14057 s
= b
->cond_string
;
14058 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14060 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sals
.sals
[i
].pc
,
14061 block_for_pc (sals
.sals
[i
].pc
),
14066 warning (_("failed to reevaluate condition "
14067 "for breakpoint %d: %s"),
14068 b
->number
, e
.message
);
14069 new_loc
->enabled
= 0;
14073 if (sals_end
.nelts
)
14075 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
.sals
[0]);
14077 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
.sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
14081 /* Update locations of permanent breakpoints. */
14082 if (b
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14083 make_breakpoint_permanent (b
);
14085 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
14088 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
14089 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
14090 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
14091 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
14092 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
14093 often enough until a better solution is found. */
14094 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
14096 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
14098 if (!e
->enabled
&& e
->function_name
)
14100 struct bp_location
*l
= b
->loc
;
14101 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
14103 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14104 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
))
14112 for (; l
; l
= l
->next
)
14113 if (l
->function_name
14114 && strcmp (e
->function_name
, l
->function_name
) == 0)
14124 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
14125 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14127 update_global_location_list (1);
14130 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given ADDR_STRING.
14131 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
14133 static struct symtabs_and_lines
14134 addr_string_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, char *addr_string
, int *found
)
14137 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
= {0};
14138 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14140 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
14143 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ERROR
)
14145 b
->ops
->decode_linespec (b
, &s
, &sals
);
14149 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
14150 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
14151 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
14152 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
14153 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
14154 state, then user already saw the message about that
14155 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
14157 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
14158 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
14159 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
14160 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
14161 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
14162 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
14164 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
14166 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
14167 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
14168 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
14169 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
14170 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
14171 which approach is better. */
14172 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14173 throw_exception (e
);
14177 if (e
.reason
== 0 || e
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
14181 for (i
= 0; i
< sals
.nelts
; ++i
)
14182 resolve_sal_pc (&sals
.sals
[i
]);
14183 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& s
&& s
[0])
14185 char *cond_string
, *extra_string
;
14188 find_condition_and_thread (s
, sals
.sals
[0].pc
,
14189 &cond_string
, &thread
, &task
,
14192 b
->cond_string
= cond_string
;
14193 b
->thread
= thread
;
14196 b
->extra_string
= extra_string
;
14197 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
14200 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
14201 sals
.sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
.sals
[0]);
14211 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
14212 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
14216 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14219 struct symtabs_and_lines sals
, sals_end
;
14220 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded
= {0};
14221 struct symtabs_and_lines expanded_end
= {0};
14223 sals
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string
, &found
);
14226 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals
.sals
);
14230 if (b
->addr_string_range_end
)
14232 sals_end
= addr_string_to_sals (b
, b
->addr_string_range_end
, &found
);
14235 make_cleanup (xfree
, sals_end
.sals
);
14236 expanded_end
= sals_end
;
14240 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
14243 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
14244 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
14247 create_sals_from_address_default (char **arg
,
14248 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14249 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14250 char *addr_start
, char **copy_arg
)
14252 parse_breakpoint_sals (arg
, canonical
);
14255 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
14256 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
14260 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14261 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
14262 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
,
14264 char *extra_string
,
14265 enum bptype type_wanted
,
14266 enum bpdisp disposition
,
14268 int task
, int ignore_count
,
14269 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
14270 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
14271 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
14273 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
, cond_string
,
14275 type_wanted
, disposition
,
14276 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
14277 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
14280 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
14281 default function for the `decode_linespec' method of breakpoint_ops. */
14284 decode_linespec_default (struct breakpoint
*b
, char **s
,
14285 struct symtabs_and_lines
*sals
)
14287 struct linespec_result canonical
;
14289 init_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14290 decode_line_full (s
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
14291 (struct symtab
*) NULL
, 0,
14292 &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
14295 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
14296 gdb_assert (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) < 2);
14298 if (VEC_length (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
) > 0)
14300 struct linespec_sals
*lsal
;
14302 lsal
= VEC_index (linespec_sals
, canonical
.sals
, 0);
14303 *sals
= lsal
->sals
;
14304 /* Arrange it so the destructor does not free the
14306 lsal
->sals
.sals
= NULL
;
14309 destroy_linespec_result (&canonical
);
14312 /* Prepare the global context for a re-set of breakpoint B. */
14314 static struct cleanup
*
14315 prepare_re_set_context (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14317 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14319 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
14320 cleanups
= save_current_space_and_thread ();
14321 if (b
->pspace
!= NULL
)
14322 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (b
->pspace
);
14323 set_language (b
->language
);
14328 /* Reset a breakpoint given it's struct breakpoint * BINT.
14329 The value we return ends up being the return value from catch_errors.
14330 Unused in this case. */
14333 breakpoint_re_set_one (void *bint
)
14335 /* Get past catch_errs. */
14336 struct breakpoint
*b
= (struct breakpoint
*) bint
;
14337 struct cleanup
*cleanups
;
14339 cleanups
= prepare_re_set_context (b
);
14340 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
14341 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14345 /* Re-set all breakpoints after symbols have been re-loaded. */
14347 breakpoint_re_set (void)
14349 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
14350 enum language save_language
;
14351 int save_input_radix
;
14352 struct cleanup
*old_chain
;
14354 save_language
= current_language
->la_language
;
14355 save_input_radix
= input_radix
;
14356 old_chain
= save_current_program_space ();
14358 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
14360 /* Format possible error msg. */
14361 char *message
= xstrprintf ("Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
14363 struct cleanup
*cleanups
= make_cleanup (xfree
, message
);
14364 catch_errors (breakpoint_re_set_one
, b
, message
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
);
14365 do_cleanups (cleanups
);
14367 set_language (save_language
);
14368 input_radix
= save_input_radix
;
14370 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
14372 do_cleanups (old_chain
);
14374 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
14375 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
14376 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
14377 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
14380 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
14382 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
14383 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
14385 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14387 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14389 if (in_thread_list (inferior_ptid
))
14390 b
->thread
= pid_to_thread_id (inferior_ptid
);
14392 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
14393 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
14394 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
14396 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
14400 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14401 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14402 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14405 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14407 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14412 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14413 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
14415 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
14417 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
14418 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
14423 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
14427 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
14428 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
14430 else if (count
== 1)
14431 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
14434 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
14435 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
14438 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (b
);
14442 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
14445 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
14448 ignore_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14454 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
14456 num
= get_number (&p
);
14458 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
14460 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
14462 set_ignore_count (num
,
14463 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
14466 printf_filtered ("\n");
14469 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints
14470 whose numbers are given in ARGS. */
14473 map_breakpoint_numbers (char *args
, void (*function
) (struct breakpoint
*,
14478 struct breakpoint
*b
, *tmp
;
14480 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
14483 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
14485 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
14487 while (!state
.finished
)
14489 char *p
= state
.string
;
14493 num
= get_number_or_range (&state
);
14496 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%s'"), p
);
14500 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, tmp
)
14501 if (b
->number
== num
)
14504 function (b
, data
);
14508 printf_unfiltered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), num
);
14513 static struct bp_location
*
14514 find_location_by_number (char *number
)
14516 char *dot
= strchr (number
, '.');
14520 struct breakpoint
*b
;
14521 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14526 bp_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14528 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14530 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
14531 if (b
->number
== bp_num
)
14536 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
14537 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%s'"), number
);
14540 loc_num
= get_number (&p1
);
14542 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), number
);
14546 for (;loc_num
&& loc
; --loc_num
, loc
= loc
->next
)
14549 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%s'"), dot
+1);
14555 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
14556 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
14557 which ends with a period (no newline). */
14560 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14562 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
14563 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
14564 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
14565 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
14568 /* You can't disable permanent breakpoints. */
14569 if (bpt
->enable_state
== bp_permanent
)
14572 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
14574 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14575 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14577 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14578 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14580 struct bp_location
*location
;
14582 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14583 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
14586 update_global_location_list (0);
14588 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14591 /* A callback for iterate_over_related_breakpoints. */
14594 do_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14596 disable_breakpoint (b
);
14599 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14600 disable_breakpoint. */
14603 do_map_disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14605 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14609 disable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14613 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14615 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14616 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14617 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14619 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14621 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14627 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14629 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14630 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14631 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14632 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
14634 update_global_location_list (0);
14637 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_disable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14641 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
14644 int target_resources_ok
;
14646 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
14649 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
14650 target_resources_ok
=
14651 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
14653 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
14654 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
14655 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
14656 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
14659 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
14661 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
14662 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= 0;
14663 volatile struct gdb_exception e
;
14665 TRY_CATCH (e
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
14667 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
14669 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
14670 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14671 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
14675 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
14676 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
14682 if (bpt
->enable_state
!= bp_permanent
)
14683 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14685 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
14687 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
14688 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14690 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14691 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
14693 struct bp_location
*location
;
14695 for (location
= bpt
->loc
; location
; location
= location
->next
)
14696 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
14699 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
14700 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
14701 update_global_location_list (1);
14703 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
14708 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
14710 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
14714 do_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14716 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14719 /* A callback for map_breakpoint_numbers that calls
14720 enable_breakpoint. */
14723 do_map_enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, void *ignore
)
14725 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (b
, do_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14728 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints (or all defined
14729 breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to be) effective
14730 in stopping the inferior. */
14733 enable_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14737 struct breakpoint
*bpt
;
14739 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bpt
)
14740 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
14741 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
14743 else if (strchr (args
, '.'))
14745 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (args
);
14751 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
14753 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
14754 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
14755 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
14756 target_enable_tracepoint (loc
);
14758 update_global_location_list (1);
14761 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14764 /* This struct packages up disposition data for application to multiple
14774 do_enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *arg
)
14776 struct disp_data disp_data
= *(struct disp_data
*) arg
;
14778 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_data
.disp
, disp_data
.count
);
14782 do_map_enable_once_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14784 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, 1 };
14786 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14790 enable_once_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14792 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_once_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14796 do_map_enable_count_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *countptr
)
14798 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_disable
, *(int *) countptr
};
14800 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14804 enable_count_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14806 int count
= get_number (&args
);
14808 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_count_breakpoint
, &count
);
14812 do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, void *ignore
)
14814 struct disp_data disp
= { disp_del
, 1 };
14816 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (bpt
, do_enable_breakpoint_disp
, &disp
);
14820 enable_delete_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14822 map_breakpoint_numbers (args
, do_map_enable_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
14826 set_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14831 show_breakpoint_cmd (char *args
, int from_tty
)
14835 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
14836 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
14840 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
14841 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
14842 const bfd_byte
*data
)
14844 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
14846 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
14847 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
14848 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
14850 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
14852 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
)
14854 struct bp_location
*loc
;
14856 for (loc
= bp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
)
14857 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
14858 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
14859 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
14861 value_free (wp
->val
);
14869 /* Create and insert a raw software breakpoint at PC. Return an
14870 identifier, which should be used to remove the breakpoint later.
14871 In general, places which call this should be using something on the
14872 breakpoint chain instead; this function should be eliminated
14876 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14877 struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
14879 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
;
14881 bp_tgt
= XZALLOC (struct bp_target_info
);
14883 bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
= aspace
;
14884 bp_tgt
->placed_address
= pc
;
14886 if (target_insert_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
) != 0)
14888 /* Could not insert the breakpoint. */
14896 /* Remove a breakpoint BP inserted by
14897 deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint. */
14900 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, void *bp
)
14902 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= bp
;
14905 ret
= target_remove_breakpoint (gdbarch
, bp_tgt
);
14911 /* One (or perhaps two) breakpoints used for software single
14914 static void *single_step_breakpoints
[2];
14915 static struct gdbarch
*single_step_gdbarch
[2];
14917 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
14920 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
14921 struct address_space
*aspace
,
14926 if (single_step_breakpoints
[0] == NULL
)
14928 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[0];
14929 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = gdbarch
;
14933 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[1] == NULL
);
14934 bpt_p
= &single_step_breakpoints
[1];
14935 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = gdbarch
;
14938 /* NOTE drow/2006-04-11: A future improvement to this function would
14939 be to only create the breakpoints once, and actually put them on
14940 the breakpoint chain. That would let us use set_raw_breakpoint.
14941 We could adjust the addresses each time they were needed. Doing
14942 this requires corresponding changes elsewhere where single step
14943 breakpoints are handled, however. So, for now, we use this. */
14945 *bpt_p
= deprecated_insert_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, next_pc
);
14946 if (*bpt_p
== NULL
)
14947 error (_("Could not insert single-step breakpoint at %s"),
14948 paddress (gdbarch
, next_pc
));
14951 /* Check if the breakpoints used for software single stepping
14952 were inserted or not. */
14955 single_step_breakpoints_inserted (void)
14957 return (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
14958 || single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
);
14961 /* Remove and delete any breakpoints used for software single step. */
14964 remove_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14966 gdb_assert (single_step_breakpoints
[0] != NULL
);
14968 /* See insert_single_step_breakpoint for more about this deprecated
14970 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[0],
14971 single_step_breakpoints
[0]);
14972 single_step_gdbarch
[0] = NULL
;
14973 single_step_breakpoints
[0] = NULL
;
14975 if (single_step_breakpoints
[1] != NULL
)
14977 deprecated_remove_raw_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[1],
14978 single_step_breakpoints
[1]);
14979 single_step_gdbarch
[1] = NULL
;
14980 single_step_breakpoints
[1] = NULL
;
14984 /* Delete software single step breakpoints without removing them from
14985 the inferior. This is intended to be used if the inferior's address
14986 space where they were inserted is already gone, e.g. after exit or
14990 cancel_single_step_breakpoints (void)
14994 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
14995 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
14997 xfree (single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
14998 single_step_breakpoints
[i
] = NULL
;
14999 single_step_gdbarch
[i
] = NULL
;
15003 /* Detach software single-step breakpoints from INFERIOR_PTID without
15007 detach_single_step_breakpoints (void)
15011 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15012 if (single_step_breakpoints
[i
])
15013 target_remove_breakpoint (single_step_gdbarch
[i
],
15014 single_step_breakpoints
[i
]);
15017 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
15021 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (struct address_space
*aspace
,
15026 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; i
++)
15028 struct bp_target_info
*bp_tgt
= single_step_breakpoints
[i
];
15030 && breakpoint_address_match (bp_tgt
->placed_address_space
,
15031 bp_tgt
->placed_address
,
15039 /* Returns 0 if 'bp' is NOT a syscall catchpoint,
15040 non-zero otherwise. */
15042 is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*bp
)
15044 if (syscall_catchpoint_p (bp
)
15045 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_disabled
15046 && bp
->enable_state
!= bp_call_disabled
)
15053 catch_syscall_enabled (void)
15055 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15056 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (current_inferior ());
15058 return inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
!= 0;
15062 catching_syscall_number (int syscall_number
)
15064 struct breakpoint
*bp
;
15066 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (bp
)
15067 if (is_syscall_catchpoint_enabled (bp
))
15069 struct syscall_catchpoint
*c
= (struct syscall_catchpoint
*) bp
;
15071 if (c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
)
15075 VEC_iterate (int, c
->syscalls_to_be_caught
, i
, iter
);
15077 if (syscall_number
== iter
)
15087 /* Complete syscall names. Used by "catch syscall". */
15088 static VEC (char_ptr
) *
15089 catch_syscall_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
15090 char *text
, char *word
)
15092 const char **list
= get_syscall_names ();
15093 VEC (char_ptr
) *retlist
15094 = (list
== NULL
) ? NULL
: complete_on_enum (list
, word
, word
);
15100 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
15102 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
15104 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
15106 tracepoint_count
= num
;
15107 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
15111 trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15113 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15114 const char *arg_cp
= arg
;
15116 if (arg
&& probe_linespec_to_ops (&arg_cp
))
15117 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15119 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15121 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15123 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15125 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15126 0 /* Ignore count */,
15127 pending_break_support
,
15131 0 /* internal */, 0);
15135 ftrace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15137 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15139 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15141 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15142 0 /* Ignore count */,
15143 pending_break_support
,
15144 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15147 0 /* internal */, 0);
15150 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
15153 strace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15155 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15157 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
15158 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
15159 if (arg
&& strncmp (arg
, "-m", 2) == 0 && isspace (arg
[2]))
15160 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15162 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15164 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15166 NULL
, 0, NULL
, 1 /* parse arg */,
15168 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
15169 0 /* Ignore count */,
15170 pending_break_support
,
15174 0 /* internal */, 0);
15177 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
15178 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
15180 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
15181 static int next_cmd
;
15184 read_uploaded_action (void)
15188 VEC_iterate (char_ptr
, this_utp
->cmd_strings
, next_cmd
, rslt
);
15195 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
15196 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
15197 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
15198 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
15199 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
15201 struct tracepoint
*
15202 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
15204 char *addr_str
, small_buf
[100];
15205 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
15207 if (utp
->at_string
)
15208 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
;
15211 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
15212 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
15213 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
15215 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
15216 "source location, using raw address"),
15218 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
15219 addr_str
= small_buf
;
15222 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
15223 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
15224 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
15225 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
15228 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
15230 utp
->cond_string
, -1, NULL
,
15231 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
15233 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
15234 0 /* Ignore count */,
15235 pending_break_support
,
15236 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
15238 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
15240 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
15243 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
15244 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
15245 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
15249 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
15252 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
15255 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
15256 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
15257 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
15259 if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->cmd_strings
))
15261 struct command_line
*cmd_list
;
15266 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
, NULL
);
15268 breakpoint_set_commands (&tp
->base
, cmd_list
);
15270 else if (!VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->actions
)
15271 || !VEC_empty (char_ptr
, utp
->step_actions
))
15272 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
15273 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
15276 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
15277 tp
->base
.hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
15278 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
15283 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
15287 tracepoints_info (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15289 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
15292 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, 0, is_tracepoint
);
15294 if (num_printed
== 0)
15296 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
15297 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoints.\n");
15299 ui_out_message (uiout
, 0, "No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
15302 default_collect_info ();
15305 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
15306 Not supported by all targets. */
15308 enable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15310 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15313 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
15314 Not supported by all targets. */
15316 disable_trace_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15318 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
15321 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
15323 delete_trace_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15325 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15331 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
15333 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
15334 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
15335 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
15337 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15338 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15340 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
15344 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
15346 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
15348 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15349 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
15350 delete_breakpoint (b
);
15354 map_breakpoint_numbers (arg
, do_map_delete_breakpoint
, NULL
);
15357 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
15360 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
15362 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
15363 observer_notify_breakpoint_modified (&tp
->base
);
15365 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
15366 tp
->base
.number
, count
);
15369 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
15371 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
15372 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
15373 Also accepts special argument "all". */
15376 trace_pass_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15378 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
15379 unsigned int count
;
15381 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
15382 error (_("passcount command requires an "
15383 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
15385 count
= strtoul (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
15387 while (*args
&& isspace ((int) *args
))
15390 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
15392 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15394 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
15396 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
15398 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15400 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15401 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15404 else if (*args
== '\0')
15406 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
, 1);
15408 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15412 struct get_number_or_range_state state
;
15414 init_number_or_range (&state
, args
);
15415 while (!state
.finished
)
15417 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &state
, 1);
15419 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
15424 struct tracepoint
*
15425 get_tracepoint (int num
)
15427 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15429 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15430 if (t
->number
== num
)
15431 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15436 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
15437 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
15440 struct tracepoint
*
15441 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
15443 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15445 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (b
)
15447 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
15449 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
15456 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
15457 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
15458 If OPTIONAL_P is true, then if the argument is missing, the most
15459 recent tracepoint (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
15460 struct tracepoint
*
15461 get_tracepoint_by_number (char **arg
,
15462 struct get_number_or_range_state
*state
,
15465 struct breakpoint
*t
;
15467 char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
15471 gdb_assert (!state
->finished
);
15472 tpnum
= get_number_or_range (state
);
15474 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
15477 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
15479 error_no_arg (_("tracepoint number"));
15482 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
15486 if (instring
&& *instring
)
15487 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
15490 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint argument missing "
15491 "and no previous tracepoint\n"));
15495 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (t
)
15496 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
15498 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
15501 printf_unfiltered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
15506 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
15508 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
15509 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
15512 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
15514 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
15517 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
15518 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
15519 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
15523 save_breakpoints (char *filename
, int from_tty
,
15524 int (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
15526 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15529 struct cleanup
*cleanup
;
15530 struct ui_file
*fp
;
15531 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
15533 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
15534 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
15536 /* See if we have anything to save. */
15537 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15539 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15540 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15543 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15544 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15549 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
15551 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
15553 /* We can stop searching. */
15560 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
15564 pathname
= tilde_expand (filename
);
15565 cleanup
= make_cleanup (xfree
, pathname
);
15566 fp
= gdb_fopen (pathname
, "w");
15568 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
15569 filename
, safe_strerror (errno
));
15570 make_cleanup_ui_file_delete (fp
);
15572 if (extra_trace_bits
)
15573 save_trace_state_variables (fp
);
15575 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (tp
)
15577 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
15578 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
15581 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
15582 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
15585 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, fp
);
15587 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
15588 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
15591 if (tp
->cond_string
)
15592 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
);
15594 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
15595 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
15599 volatile struct gdb_exception ex
;
15601 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " commands\n");
15603 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, fp
);
15604 TRY_CATCH (ex
, RETURN_MASK_ALL
)
15606 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
->commands
, 2);
15608 ui_out_redirect (current_uiout
, NULL
);
15611 throw_exception (ex
);
15613 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " end\n");
15616 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
15617 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable\n");
15619 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
15620 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
15621 special, and not user visible. */
15622 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
15624 struct bp_location
*loc
;
15627 for (loc
= tp
->loc
; loc
!= NULL
; loc
= loc
->next
, n
++)
15629 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
15633 if (extra_trace_bits
&& *default_collect
)
15634 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
);
15636 do_cleanups (cleanup
);
15638 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), filename
);
15641 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
15644 save_breakpoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15646 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
15649 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
15652 save_tracepoints_command (char *args
, int from_tty
)
15654 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
15657 /* Create a vector of all tracepoints. */
15659 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *
15660 all_tracepoints (void)
15662 VEC(breakpoint_p
) *tp_vec
= 0;
15663 struct breakpoint
*tp
;
15665 ALL_TRACEPOINTS (tp
)
15667 VEC_safe_push (breakpoint_p
, tp_vec
, tp
);
15674 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
15675 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
15676 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
15678 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
15679 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM] [if CONDITION]\n\
15680 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
15681 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
15682 guessed probe type) or `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe).\n\
15683 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
15684 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
15685 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
15686 If an address is specified, break at that exact address.\n\
15687 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
15688 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
15690 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
15691 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15693 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15694 conditions are different.\n\
15696 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
15698 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
15699 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
15701 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
15702 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
15705 add_catch_command (char *name
, char *docstring
,
15706 void (*sfunc
) (char *args
, int from_tty
,
15707 struct cmd_list_element
*command
),
15708 completer_ftype
*completer
,
15709 void *user_data_catch
,
15710 void *user_data_tcatch
)
15712 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
15714 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15716 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15717 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_catch
);
15718 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15720 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, NULL
, docstring
,
15722 set_cmd_sfunc (command
, sfunc
);
15723 set_cmd_context (command
, user_data_tcatch
);
15724 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
15728 clear_syscall_counts (struct inferior
*inf
)
15730 struct catch_syscall_inferior_data
*inf_data
15731 = get_catch_syscall_inferior_data (inf
);
15733 inf_data
->total_syscalls_count
= 0;
15734 inf_data
->any_syscall_count
= 0;
15735 VEC_free (int, inf_data
->syscalls_counts
);
15739 save_command (char *arg
, int from_tty
)
15741 printf_unfiltered (_("\"save\" must be followed by "
15742 "the name of a save subcommand.\n"));
15743 help_list (save_cmdlist
, "save ", -1, gdb_stdout
);
15746 struct breakpoint
*
15747 iterate_over_breakpoints (int (*callback
) (struct breakpoint
*, void *),
15750 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
15752 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
15754 if ((*callback
) (b
, data
))
15761 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
15762 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
15765 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
15767 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
15768 non-inline function. */
15769 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
15775 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
15776 have been inlined. */
15779 pc_at_non_inline_function (struct address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
15780 const struct target_waitstatus
*ws
)
15782 struct breakpoint
*b
;
15783 struct bp_location
*bl
;
15785 ALL_BREAKPOINTS (b
)
15787 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
15790 for (bl
= b
->loc
; bl
!= NULL
; bl
= bl
->next
)
15792 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
15793 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
15802 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
15804 static int initialized
= 0;
15806 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
15812 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
15813 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
15814 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
15815 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15816 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15817 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15818 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
15819 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
15820 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
15821 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_create_sals_from_address
;
15822 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15823 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_decode_linespec
;
15825 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
15826 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15827 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15828 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15829 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15830 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15831 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15832 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
15834 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
15835 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
15836 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15837 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
15838 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
15839 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
15840 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
15841 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
15842 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
15843 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
15845 /* Internal breakpoints. */
15846 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
15847 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15848 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
15849 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
15850 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
15851 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
15853 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
15854 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15855 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15856 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
15857 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
15858 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
15859 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
15861 /* Momentary breakpoints for bp_longjmp and bp_exception. */
15862 ops
= &longjmp_breakpoint_ops
;
15863 *ops
= momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
15864 ops
->dtor
= longjmp_bkpt_dtor
;
15866 /* Probe breakpoints. */
15867 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15868 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15869 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
15870 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
15871 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15872 ops
->decode_linespec
= bkpt_probe_decode_linespec
;
15874 /* GNU v3 exception catchpoints. */
15875 ops
= &gnu_v3_exception_catchpoint_ops
;
15876 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
15877 ops
->print_it
= print_it_exception_catchpoint
;
15878 ops
->print_one
= print_one_exception_catchpoint
;
15879 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_exception_catchpoint
;
15880 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_exception_catchpoint
;
15883 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15884 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15885 ops
->dtor
= dtor_watchpoint
;
15886 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
15887 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
15888 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
15889 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
15890 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
15891 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
15892 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
15893 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
15894 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
15895 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
15897 /* Masked watchpoints. */
15898 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15899 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15900 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
15901 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
15902 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
15903 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
15904 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
15905 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
15906 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
15907 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
15910 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15911 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15912 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
15913 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
15914 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
15915 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
15916 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
15917 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_address
;
15918 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15919 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_decode_linespec
;
15921 /* Probe tracepoints. */
15922 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
15923 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15924 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_address
;
15925 ops
->decode_linespec
= tracepoint_probe_decode_linespec
;
15927 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
15928 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
15929 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
15930 ops
->create_sals_from_address
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_address
;
15931 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
15932 ops
->decode_linespec
= strace_marker_decode_linespec
;
15934 /* Fork catchpoints. */
15935 ops
= &catch_fork_breakpoint_ops
;
15936 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15937 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_fork
;
15938 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_fork
;
15939 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_fork
;
15940 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_fork
;
15941 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_fork
;
15942 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_fork
;
15943 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_fork
;
15945 /* Vfork catchpoints. */
15946 ops
= &catch_vfork_breakpoint_ops
;
15947 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15948 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_vfork
;
15949 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_vfork
;
15950 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_vfork
;
15951 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_vfork
;
15952 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_vfork
;
15953 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_vfork
;
15954 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_vfork
;
15956 /* Exec catchpoints. */
15957 ops
= &catch_exec_breakpoint_ops
;
15958 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15959 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_exec
;
15960 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_exec
;
15961 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_exec
;
15962 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_exec
;
15963 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_exec
;
15964 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_exec
;
15965 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_exec
;
15966 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_exec
;
15968 /* Syscall catchpoints. */
15969 ops
= &catch_syscall_breakpoint_ops
;
15970 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15971 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_syscall
;
15972 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_syscall
;
15973 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_syscall
;
15974 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_syscall
;
15975 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_syscall
;
15976 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_syscall
;
15977 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_syscall
;
15978 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_syscall
;
15980 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
15981 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
15982 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
15983 ops
->dtor
= dtor_catch_solib
;
15984 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
15985 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
15986 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
15987 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
15988 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
15989 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
15990 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
15991 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
15993 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
15994 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
15995 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
15996 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
15997 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
15998 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
15999 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
16002 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
16004 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
16007 _initialize_breakpoint (void)
16009 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
16011 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
16013 observer_attach_solib_unloaded (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
);
16014 observer_attach_inferior_exit (clear_syscall_counts
);
16015 observer_attach_memory_changed (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
);
16017 breakpoint_objfile_key
16018 = register_objfile_data_with_cleanup (NULL
, free_breakpoint_probes
);
16020 catch_syscall_inferior_data
16021 = register_inferior_data_with_cleanup (NULL
,
16022 catch_syscall_inferior_data_cleanup
);
16024 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
16025 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
16026 before a breakpoint is set. */
16027 breakpoint_count
= 0;
16029 tracepoint_count
= 0;
16031 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
16032 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
16033 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
16035 add_com_alias ("bc", "ignore", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16037 add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
, commands_command
, _("\
16038 Set commands to be executed when a breakpoint is hit.\n\
16039 Give breakpoint number as argument after \"commands\".\n\
16040 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
16041 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
16042 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
16043 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
16044 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
16046 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
, _("\
16047 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
16048 Usage is `condition N COND', where N is an integer and COND is an\n\
16049 expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached."));
16050 set_cmd_completer (c
, condition_completer
);
16052 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
16053 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
16054 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16055 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
16056 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
16058 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
16059 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16061 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
16062 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16063 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
16064 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
16066 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
16067 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16069 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
16070 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
16071 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
16072 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
16074 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
16075 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16077 add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16078 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16079 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16080 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16081 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16082 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
16083 &enablelist
, "enable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16085 add_com ("ab", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16086 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16087 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16088 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
16089 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16090 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."));
16092 add_com_alias ("en", "enable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16094 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
16095 Enable some breakpoints.\n\
16096 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
16097 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
16098 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\".\n"),
16099 &enablebreaklist
, "enable breakpoints ", 1, &enablelist
);
16101 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16102 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16103 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16106 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16107 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16108 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16111 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16112 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16113 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16114 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16117 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
16118 Enable breakpoints and delete when hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16119 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
16122 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
16123 Enable breakpoints for one hit. Give breakpoint numbers.\n\
16124 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
16127 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
16128 Enable breakpoints for COUNT hits. Give count and then breakpoint numbers.\n\
16129 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
16130 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
16133 add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16134 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16135 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16136 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16137 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
16138 &disablelist
, "disable ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16139 add_com_alias ("dis", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16140 add_com_alias ("disa", "disable", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16142 add_com ("sb", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
16143 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16144 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16145 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16146 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."));
16148 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, disable_command
, _("\
16149 Disable some breakpoints.\n\
16150 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16151 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16152 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
16153 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
16156 add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16157 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16158 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16159 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16161 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects.\n\
16162 The \"unset\" command is also an alias for \"delete\"."),
16163 &deletelist
, "delete ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16164 add_com_alias ("d", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16165 add_com_alias ("del", "delete", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16167 add_com ("db", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
16168 Delete some breakpoints.\n\
16169 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16170 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n"));
16172 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_alias
, delete_command
, _("\
16173 Delete some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
16174 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
16175 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
16176 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
16179 add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
16180 Clear breakpoint at specified line or function.\n\
16181 Argument may be line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16182 If line number is specified, all breakpoints in that line are cleared.\n\
16183 If function is specified, breakpoints at beginning of function are cleared.\n\
16184 If an address is specified, breakpoints at that address are cleared.\n\
16186 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
16187 is executing in.\n\
16189 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
16190 add_com_alias ("cl", "clear", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16192 c
= add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
16193 Set breakpoint at specified line or function.\n"
16194 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
16195 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16197 add_com_alias ("b", "break", class_run
, 1);
16198 add_com_alias ("br", "break", class_run
, 1);
16199 add_com_alias ("bre", "break", class_run
, 1);
16200 add_com_alias ("brea", "break", class_run
, 1);
16203 add_com_alias ("ba", "break", class_breakpoint
, 1);
16207 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
16208 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
16209 &stoplist
, "stop ", 1, &cmdlist
);
16210 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
16211 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
16212 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
16213 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
16214 add_com ("status", class_info
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16215 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16216 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16217 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16218 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16219 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16220 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16221 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16222 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16224 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16225 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16226 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16227 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16228 breakpoint set."));
16231 add_info ("breakpoints", breakpoints_info
, _("\
16232 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
16233 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16234 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16235 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16236 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16237 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16238 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16239 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16241 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16242 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16243 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16244 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16245 breakpoint set."));
16247 add_info_alias ("b", "breakpoints", 1);
16250 add_com ("lb", class_breakpoint
, breakpoints_info
, _("\
16251 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16252 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16253 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16254 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16255 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16256 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16257 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16258 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16260 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16261 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16262 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16263 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16264 breakpoint set."));
16266 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
16267 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
16268 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
16269 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
16270 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
16271 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
16272 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
16273 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
16274 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
16275 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
16276 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
16277 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
16278 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
16280 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
16281 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
16282 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
16283 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
16285 &maintenanceinfolist
);
16287 add_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, catch_command
, _("\
16288 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
16289 &catch_cmdlist
, "catch ",
16290 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16292 add_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, tcatch_command
, _("\
16293 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
16294 &tcatch_cmdlist
, "tcatch ",
16295 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16297 /* Add catch and tcatch sub-commands. */
16298 add_catch_command ("catch", _("\
16299 Catch an exception, when caught."),
16300 catch_catch_command
,
16304 add_catch_command ("throw", _("\
16305 Catch an exception, when thrown."),
16306 catch_throw_command
,
16310 add_catch_command ("fork", _("Catch calls to fork."),
16311 catch_fork_command_1
,
16313 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_permanent
,
16314 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_fork_temporary
);
16315 add_catch_command ("vfork", _("Catch calls to vfork."),
16316 catch_fork_command_1
,
16318 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_permanent
,
16319 (void *) (uintptr_t) catch_vfork_temporary
);
16320 add_catch_command ("exec", _("Catch calls to exec."),
16321 catch_exec_command_1
,
16325 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
16326 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
16327 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16328 catch_load_command_1
,
16332 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
16333 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
16334 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
16335 catch_unload_command_1
,
16339 add_catch_command ("syscall", _("\
16340 Catch system calls by their names and/or numbers.\n\
16341 Arguments say which system calls to catch. If no arguments\n\
16342 are given, every system call will be caught.\n\
16343 Arguments, if given, should be one or more system call names\n\
16344 (if your system supports that), or system call numbers."),
16345 catch_syscall_command_1
,
16346 catch_syscall_completer
,
16350 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
, _("\
16351 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16352 Usage: watch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16353 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16354 an expression changes.\n\
16355 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16356 the memory to which it refers."));
16357 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16359 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
, _("\
16360 Set a read watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16361 Usage: rwatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16362 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16363 an expression is read.\n\
16364 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16365 the memory to which it refers."));
16366 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16368 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
, _("\
16369 Set a watchpoint for an expression.\n\
16370 Usage: awatch [-l|-location] EXPRESSION\n\
16371 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
16372 an expression is either read or written.\n\
16373 If -l or -location is given, this evaluates EXPRESSION and watches\n\
16374 the memory to which it refers."));
16375 set_cmd_completer (c
, expression_completer
);
16377 add_info ("watchpoints", watchpoints_info
, _("\
16378 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
16380 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
16381 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
16382 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
16383 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
16384 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16385 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
16386 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
16387 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
16388 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
16391 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
16392 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16394 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
16396 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
16398 c
= add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
16399 Set a tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16401 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
16402 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16403 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16405 add_com_alias ("tp", "trace", class_alias
, 0);
16406 add_com_alias ("tr", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16407 add_com_alias ("tra", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16408 add_com_alias ("trac", "trace", class_alias
, 1);
16410 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
16411 Set a fast tracepoint at specified line or function.\n\
16413 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
16414 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16415 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16417 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
16418 Set a static tracepoint at specified line, function or marker.\n\
16420 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
16421 LOCATION may be a line number, function name, \"*\" and an address,\n\
16422 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\
16423 If a line number is specified, probe the marker at start of code\n\
16424 for that line. If a function is specified, probe the marker at start\n\
16425 of code for that function. If an address is specified, probe the marker\n\
16426 at that exact address. If a marker id is specified, probe the marker\n\
16427 with that name. With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of\n\
16428 the selected stack frame.\n\
16429 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
16430 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
16431 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
16432 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
16434 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
16436 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
16437 conditions are different.\n\
16439 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
16440 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
16441 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16443 add_info ("tracepoints", tracepoints_info
, _("\
16444 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
16445 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
16446 last tracepoint set."));
16448 add_info_alias ("tp", "tracepoints", 1);
16450 add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
16451 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
16452 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16453 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
16455 add_alias_cmd ("tr", "tracepoints", class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
16457 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
16458 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
16459 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16460 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
16462 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
16464 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
16465 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
16466 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
16467 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
16469 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
16471 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
16472 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
16473 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
16474 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
16475 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
16477 add_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
, save_command
,
16478 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
16479 &save_cmdlist
, "save ",
16480 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
16482 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
16483 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
16484 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
16485 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
16486 session to restore them."),
16488 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16490 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
16491 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
16492 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
16494 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
16496 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", "save tracepoints", class_trace
, 0);
16497 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
16499 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, set_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16500 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16501 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16502 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16503 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, "set breakpoint ",
16504 0/*allow-unknown*/, &setlist
);
16505 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
, show_breakpoint_cmd
, _("\
16506 Breakpoint specific settings\n\
16507 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
16508 pending breakpoint behavior"),
16509 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
, "show breakpoint ",
16510 0/*allow-unknown*/, &showlist
);
16512 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
16513 &pending_break_support
, _("\
16514 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16515 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
16516 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
16517 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
16518 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
16519 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
16521 show_pending_break_support
,
16522 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16523 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16525 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
16527 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
16528 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
16529 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16530 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
16531 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
16532 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
16533 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
16535 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
16536 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16537 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16539 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
16540 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
16541 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16542 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
16543 When this mode is off, breakpoints are inserted in inferior when it is\n\
16544 resumed, and removed when execution stops. When this mode is on,\n\
16545 breakpoints are inserted immediately and removed only when the user\n\
16546 deletes the breakpoint. When this mode is auto (which is the default),\n\
16547 the behaviour depends on the non-stop setting (see help set non-stop).\n\
16548 In this case, if gdb is controlling the inferior in non-stop mode, gdb\n\
16549 behaves as if always-inserted mode is on; if gdb is controlling the\n\
16550 inferior in all-stop mode, gdb behaves as if always-inserted mode is off."),
16552 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
16553 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16554 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16556 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
16557 condition_evaluation_enums
,
16558 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
16559 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16560 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
16561 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
16562 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
16563 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
16564 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
16565 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
16566 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
16567 be set to \"gdb\""),
16568 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16569 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
16570 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
16571 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
16573 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
16574 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
16575 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
16576 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
16577 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
16578 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
16579 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
16580 or the start of the range\n\
16581 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
16582 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
16583 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
16585 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
16586 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
16587 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
16589 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
16590 Set a dynamic printf at specified line or function.\n\
16591 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
16592 location may be a line number, function name, or \"*\" and an address.\n\
16593 If a line number is specified, break at start of code for that line.\n\
16594 If a function is specified, break at start of code for that function.\n\
16596 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
16598 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
16599 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
16600 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16601 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
16602 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
16603 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
16604 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
16605 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
16606 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
16607 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
16608 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16609 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16611 dprintf_function
= xstrdup ("printf");
16612 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
16613 &dprintf_function
, _("\
16614 Set the function to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16615 Show the function to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16616 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16617 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16619 dprintf_channel
= xstrdup ("");
16620 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
16621 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
16622 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf"), _("\
16623 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf"), NULL
,
16624 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
16625 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16627 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
16628 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
16629 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16630 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
16631 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
16632 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
16635 &setlist
, &showlist
);
16637 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
16638 agent-printf \"printf format string\", arg1, arg2, arg3, ..., argn\n\
16639 (target agent only) This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
16641 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= 1;
16643 observer_attach_about_to_proceed (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
);